Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / US Foods

US Foods

usfd · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker usfd
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · US Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
the effectiveness of our operations. We 
recently deployed a new multisite field 
management structure that generated 
significant cost savings while creating 
a more effective operating model. At 
the same time, we continue to optimize 
our network, investing in facilities and 
consolidating when necessary to ensure 
we have an efficient warehouse and 
delivery network.

Strengthening Our Capital Structure

We raised $1.1 billion through our initial 
public offering and used these proceeds 
to strengthen our capital structure. We 
reduced our total debt by $951.4 million  
to $3.8 billion, extended our maturities  
and refinanced loans at lower interest  
rates. Going forward, we intend to  
continue to pay down debt and reinvest  
in our business.

Looking ahead, broader macroeconomic 
and demographic factors remain positive 
and should continue to fuel our growth. 
Food-away-from-home consumption 
is steadily increasing and the overall 
foodservice industry is expected to 
continue to grow over the coming  
years. We intend to capitalize on these 
trends by leveraging our GREAT FOOD. 
MADE EASY. strategy to grow sales, 
while at the same time driving increased 
efficiency across our own organization to 
improve profitability.

Finally, I want to thank our team for an 
extraordinary year. Day in and day out, it is 
their hard work that allows our customers 
to win, and this is a big reason why I look 
forward to even greater success in 2017 
and beyond.

Pietro Satriano 
President and Chief Executive Officer

our manufacturing partners, enabling the 
success of our customers and driving 
increased case volume.

Serving great food is not enough, our 
customers must also focus on their  
bottom line. MADE EASY reflects our 
commitment to helping our customers 
increase their efficiency and profitability. 
Through our e-commerce and mobile 
technology platforms as well as our 
portfolio of business solutions, we help 
our customers improve their operations – 
everything from their inventory management 
to menu development and design.  
These services supplement our team-
based selling model that includes chefs 
and restaurant operations consultants  
to help our customers identify and  
solve their operational challenges. We 
believe this consultative approach is a 
competitive advantage for US Foods  
and for our customers. 

Our GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY. strategy 
resonates with customers across the 
foodservice spectrum, particularly with 
the independent restaurants, hospitality, 
healthcare and regional chains that 
represent the core of our customer base. 
In 2016, our unique offering of innovative 
products and easy-to-use technology 
helped us grow with independent 
restaurants at an estimated twice the 
market rate.

By continuing to execute on our strategy, 
US Foods is well-positioned in the large 
and fragmented foodservice industry. We 
believe this fragmentation provides ample 
opportunities for growth, both organically 
and through acquisitions, and we have 
the scale to take advantage of those 
opportunities. In 2016, we demonstrated 
our ability to quickly capture synergies 
by integrating five acquisitions that 
strengthened our geographic footprint  
and bolstered our capabilities in seafood 
and produce.

Driving Operational Excellence

Our focus on the customer is 
complemented by our ongoing 
commitment to becoming more effective 
and efficient as a business. Through a 
portfolio of multiyear initiatives, we’re 
reducing operating costs while improving 

0 2

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

 
 
 
OUR STRARAT ET GYGYGYYYYGYYYYYYYYGYYYYYY

GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.

Our strategy is centered on providing customers with innovative 
products and easy access to the business solutions they need to 
succeed. This focus is supported by our strong operational foundation 
and a commitment to executing flawlessly on the fundamentals. 

Innovative Produduductss

Best Everyday
Center-of-Plate 
and Produce

WIN

FOOD 
LEADERSHIP

Great Brands

Local and
Sustainable

Great Food 
Sellers

Most Valued 
Business Solutions

DIFFERENTIATE

EASY CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

Inspiring Content and 
Programs

Easiest to Transact 
Across Channels

Deliver Perfect 
Orders

Right Product, 
Right Price

COMPETE

FLAWLESS FUNDAMENTALS

Leading 
Food Safety

Optimized Cost 
to Serve

FOUNDATIONAL EXCELLENCE

PEOPLE   PROCESSES   INFRASTRUCTURE   INSIGHTS

0 4

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

OUR CUSTOM E RS

WE HELP YOU MAKE IT

Restaurant operators want to serve great food and run 
a successful business. Our promise to our customers is 
to help them “Make It.” Through our innovative, on-trend 
products, we help chefs inspire their menus. With digital 
solutions, social media tools and menu design, we help 
restaurants attract more customers. With tools like food-
cost management and consulting services, we help a 
variety of foodservice operators increase their profit and 
reduce costs. When it comes to supporting our customers’ 
businesses, we’ve got the entire operation covered.

0 5

OUR CU LTU R E

Talk Straight 

We seek the truth and exchange  
objective feedback.

Team Up 

We engage the right people, in the  
right way, at the right time.

Second to None 

We challenge the status quo  
every day to be the best.

Walk the Talk 

We take accountability to deliver  
on our commitments.

0 6

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 6

OUR COR PORATE CITI Z E NSH I P

To us, corporate citizenship means making a positive 

difference in our industry and the communities 

where we live and work. It’s about playing our part in 

creating a better tomorrow.

Our Communities

Each year, US Foods makes 

donations and devotes employee 

volunteer time, all focused on a 

common theme close to our hearts 

. . . food. By focusing our efforts 

in areas like hunger relief and 

encouraging young chefs to pursue 

their dreams through our work with 

organizations like Feeding America 

and the Careers through Culinary 

Arts Program (C-CAP), we are able 

to make a positive difference in 

communities across America.

9,984,647

Total meals provided by US 

Foods to Feeding America 

through food donations and 

financial contributions in 2016

Our Products

In 2016, the company launched its 

Serve GoodTM program, featuring 

products that are responsibly sourced 

or contribute to waste reduction, 

both in the process of manufacturing 

and in a customers’ operations. 

From sustainably sourced seafood to 

compostable kitchen towels, these 

items help our customers meet the 

growing diner demand for sustainable 

menu items and products.

Our Operations

We continually seek new ways to increase our operational efficiency 

while decreasing our environmental footprint. Through energy audits 

and new building management practices, we’re reducing energy use in 

our distribution facilities. At the same time, we’re working to reduce the 

overall miles driven by our fleet and right-size our vehicles to improve our 

transportation efficiency.

LEED Silver Certified Building
Austin, Texas

0 7

UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(cid:1800)(cid:1800) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF

1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 

OR 

(cid:1798)(cid:1798) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 

ACT OF 1934

Commission File No. 001-37786 

US FOODS HOLDING CORP. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)

24-0347906
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification Number)

9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 500 
Rosemont, IL 60018 
(847) 720-8000 
(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  (cid:1798)    No  (cid:1800)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  (cid:1798)    No  (cid:1800)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject 
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  (cid:1800)    No  (cid:1798)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that 
the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  (cid:1800)    No  (cid:1798)
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:1798) 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

f

Large accelerated filer (cid:1798)
Non-accelerated filer  (cid:1800)  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 

(cid:1798)
(cid:1798)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  (cid:1798)    No  (cid:1800)

At July 1, 2016, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of common 
stock held by non-affiliates was $1,296,100,650 (based on the closing sale price of common stock on such date on the New York Stock 
Exchange). 

221,036,172 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding as January 31, 2017

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Schedule 14A 
relating to the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on May 10, 2017 are incorporated by reference in response to Items 10,
11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission not later than 120 days after the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US Foods Holding Corp. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.

Item 1.  Business 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments  

Item 2.  Properties 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings  

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data  

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations  

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

h
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial

Disclosure 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information  

PART III

ff
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters  

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary  

Signatures

Exhibit Index 

Page No.

1

10

26

26

28

28

29

30

35

53

54

103

103

103

104

104

104

104

104

105

105

106

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1: 

BUSINESS 

US Foods Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to here as 

“we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “US Foods.” US Foods conducts all of its operations through its wholly 
owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. (“USF”). US Foods is controlled by investment funds associated with or 
designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. (“KKR”). KKR 
and CD&R are collectively referred to herein as the “Sponsors”. 

Our Company 

We are among America’s great food companies and one of only two foodservice distributors with a national

footprint in the United States. Built through organic growth and acquisitions, we trace our roots back over 150 years 
to a number of heritage companies with rich legacies in food innovation and customer service. These include
Monarch Foods (established in 1853), Sexton (1883), PYA (1903), Rykoff (1911) and Kraft Foodservice (1976). US 
Foodservice was organized as a corporation in Delaware in 1989. In 2007, the Sponsors acquired US Foodservice
from Royal Ahold N.V. In November 2011, we rebranded from “US Foodservice” to “US Foods.” 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is large, fragmented and growing, with total industry sales of 
approximately $280 billion in 2016 according to Technomic (February 2017), a third party source for food and 
foodservice industry data, intelligence and commentary. With net sales of $23 billion in the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2016, we are the second largest foodservice distributor in the United States with a 2016 market share 
of approximately 8%. 

Our mission is to be First In Food. We strive to inspire and empower chefs and foodservice operators to bring

great food experiences to consumers. This mission is supported by our strategy of Great Food. Made Easy. It centers 
on providing a broad and innovative offering of high-quality products to our customers, as well as a comprehensive 
suite of industry-leading e-commerce, technology, and business solutions. We operate as one business with
standardized business processes, shared systems infrastructure, and an organizational model that optimizes national
scale with local execution, allowing us to manage the business as a single operating segment. We have centralized 
activities where scale matters and our local field structure focuses on customer facing activities.  As we say on our 
trucks, we are Keeping Kitchens Cooking across America.

g

We supply approximately 250,000 customer locations nationwide. They include independently owned single
and multi-unit restaurants, regional restaurant concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels 
and motels, country clubs, government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. We
provide approximately 400,000 fresh, frozen, and dry food stock-keeping units, or SKUs, as well as non-food items, 
sourced from over 5,000 suppliers. Our more than 4,000 sales associates manage customer relationships at local,
regional, and national levels. They are supported by sophisticated marketing and category management capabilities, 
as well as a sales support team that includes world-class chefs and restaurant operations consultants. Our extensive
network of 60 distribution centers and a fleet of approximately 6,000 trucks provide an efficient operating model, 
allowing us to offer high levels of customer service. This operating model allows us to leverage our nationwide scale
and footprint while executing locally.  

1 

Our Business Strategy 

While we serve all customer types, our strategy focuses on independent restaurants, small chains and regional

chains, and healthcare and hospitality customers. Their expected growth, mix of product and category purchases, 
xx
adoption of value-added solutions, and other factors make them attractive to us. 

We offer innovative products and services that help chefs and operators succeed. Our e-commerce tools and 
mobile solutions make it easier for customers to do business with us. We execute on these elements of our strategy
while delivering on the fundamental requirements that are important to all of our customers. This strategy is 
supported by a series of capabilities and initiatives depicted in the following pyramid. 

Great Food. Made Easy.
Strategic Priorities and Supporting Initiatives

WIN
Food Leadership

INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS
GREAT BRANDS
BEST EVERYDAY CENTER-OF-PLATE AND PRODUCE
LOCAL AND SUSTAINABLE

DIFFERENTIATE
Easy Customer Experience

GREAT FOOD SELLERS
INSPIRING CONTENT AND PROGRAMS
MOST VALUED BUSINESS SOLUTIONS
EASIEST TO TRANSACT ACROSS CHANNELS

COMPETE
Flawless Fundamentals

FOUNDATIONAL EXCELLENCE

DELIVER PERFECT ORDERS
LEADING FOOD SAFETY
RIGHT PRODUCT, RIGHT PRICE
OPTIMIZED COST TO SERVE

PEOPLE
PROCESSES
INFRASTRUCTURE
INSIGHTS

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

”

“Great Food.” Food leadership means meeting the needs of a diverse and growing customer base and 
providing a broad product portfolio. This offering includes items from leading manufacturers’ brands 
and our private brands. Our unique product innovation capabilities keep us at the forefront of emerging 
food trends. We work with suppliers to bring new items to market that reflect consumer preferences 
such as sustainable products.  Great Food is especially important to our core independent and regional 
restaurant customers who value food quality, menu diversity, and insights into emerging trends in 
consumer preferences. 

d

”

“Made Easy.” To improve the customer experience, we provide the broadest and most relevant e-
commerce and business support tools in the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We combine this 
with a consultative selling approach to create data-driven customer insights that focus our efforts on the
most impactful areas from a customer’s perspective. Our mobile and e-commerce capabilities allow 
customers to easily place orders, track shipments, view product information, and verify orders at 
delivery. Our knowledge of consumer trends and innovative food offerings, coupled with a deep 
understanding of our customers’ operations, allows us to bring them opportunities for growth and 
efficiency. We are also expanding our capabilities with analytical tools that yield additional insights 
from our transactional and operational data.  

2 

 
 
•

•

Flawless Fundamentals. We strive to do everything right with our customers every day: from ordering 
to delivery to billing. Our customers value product quality, food safety, product price, and variety, as 
well as dependable and accurate transactions and delivery. We outperform most of our competitors in 
many of these areas, as evidenced by the result of customer surveys. We are always looking for ways to 
improve this experience, to further strengthen our customer relationships and widen the performance 
gap between us and our competitors.

Foundational Excellence. We focus on people, processes, infrastructure, and insights from analytics. 
This begins with a commitment to our approximately 25,000 employees: developing their talents and 
maintaining a strong and vibrant culture. We have significant scale in our operating network, coupled 
with leading supply chain management capabilities and standardized business processes. This includes a 
common technology infrastructure supporting transactional, operating, and financial activities.  The 
result is a streamlined organizational model that supports local leadership with centralized capabilities.

Since December 2015, we have acquired three broadline foodservice distributors, which had a combined total 

of more than $246 million in sales, primarily to independent restaurants. In December 2015, we acquired Dierks 
Waukesha (“Dierks”), in Waukesha, Wisconsin. With annual sales of approximately $120 million and more than 
3,500 customers, Dierks was one of the largest regional broadline foodservice distributors in the four-state area it 
serviced. In March 2016, we acquired Cara Donna Provision Co. (“Cara Donna”). With annual sales of 
approximately $100 million and more than 1,300 customers, Cara Donna is one of the largest regional broadline 
foodservice distributors in New England. In October 2016, we acquired Jeraci Foods (“Jeraci”), which had annual 
sales of approximately $26 million. Jeraci is a distributor focused on the Italian specialty portion of the market, that 
will augment our presence in the Italian restaurant and pizzeria area.

In addition to the broadline acquisitions, we have acquired two specialty producers to enhance our capability 

in produce and seafood markets. In June 2016, we acquired Freshway Foods (“Freshway”) in Sidney, Ohio. 
Freshway has annual sales of approximately $130 million and is a produce processor that provides bulk, re-pack, 
and value-added processed produce to foodservice and retail customers. In October 2016, we acquired Save On 
Seafood, which has annual sales of approximately $80 million and is a seafood processor in St. Petersburg, Florida. 
This acquisition enables us to further our penetration in the center of the plate product category.

Because the U.S. foodservice distribution industry is fragmented, we believe there are plenty of attractive 

acquisition opportunities for us that will allow us to grow with our target customer types and generate an attractive 
return on investment from the revenue and cost synergies we hope to capture from integrating the acquired 
businesses into our operations.

Our Industry

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is highly fragmented, with over 15,000 local and regional 

competitors. Foodservice distributors typically fall into three categories representing differences in customer focus, 
product offering, and supply chain:

•

•

•

Broadline distributors who offer a “broad line” of products and services

System distributors who carry products specified for large chains

Specialized distributors focused on specific product categories or customer types (e.g., meat or produce)

A number of adjacent competitors also serve the U.S. foodservice distribution industry, including cash-and-

carry retailers, commercial wholesale outlets and warehouse clubs, commercial website outlets, and grocery stores. 

3

There is a high degree of customer overlap, particularly across the broadline, specialized and cash-and-carry 

categories, as many customers purchase from multiple distributors concurrently. Most buying decisions are based on 
the type of product, its quality and price, plus a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and 
provide timely deliveries. Since switching costs are low, customers can make supplier and channel changes quickly. 
Existing foodservice competitors can extend their shipping distances, and add truck routes and warehouses relatively 
quickly to serve new markets or customers. Given our mix of products and services, we consider ourselves as a 
broadline distributor. 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is comprised of different customer types of varying sizes, growth 

profiles, and product and service requirements. Industry sales data reflected below for 2016 is based on information 
from Technomic (February 2017). 

•

•

•

•

Independent restaurants/small chains and regional chains. U.S. foodservice distribution sales to 
independent restaurants and small chains were estimated to be $67 billion in 2016.  Regional chains 
were estimated to represent $16 billion in foodservice distribution sales in 2016.  Independent 
restaurants and small chains typically differentiate themselves in the market on the dining experience 
they provide to consumers and on the quality and diversity of their menu. They value business solutions 
that help them attract diners, improve the effectiveness of their menu offering, and drive efficiency in 
their operations. We believe there are significant opportunities to provide additional solutions to these 
customers that would be otherwise difficult for them to access, given their more limited size and 
resources.

Healthcare customers. Healthcare customers were estimated to comprise $14 billion in foodservice 
distribution sales in 2016. These customers generally fall into either acute care (e.g., hospital systems) 
or senior living (e.g., nursing homes and long-term care facilities). Healthcare customers have complex 
foodservice needs given their scale, need for menu diversity, and logistics considerations. Food is also 
not as central to their overall business as it is for a restaurant, but it is a key contributor to patient 
satisfaction. As a result, some healthcare providers utilize third-party contract management companies 
to operate their foodservice facilities. Many use group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, as 
intermediaries in order to gain procurement scale. In our experience, healthcare customers purchasing 
directly, through GPOs, or through contract foodservice operators value strong relationships with their 
foodservice partners, particularly those that bring national scale, a broad product offering, and strong 
transactional and logistics capabilities.

Hospitality customers. This customer type was estimated to represent $19 billion in foodservice 
distribution sales in 2016. They are a diverse group, ranging from large hotel chains and conference 
centers to local banquet halls, country clubs, casinos, and entertainment and sports complexes. Food is a 
key contributor to guest satisfaction for these customers, and they value solutions related to menu 
planning and efficiency improvements in their kitchens and restaurants. With complex foodservice 
needs, hospitality customers value streamlined purchasing processes and expect high service levels in 
fulfilling their orders. Hospitality customers also use GPOs as intermediaries in order to gain 
procurement scale.

National restaurant chains. The top 100 national restaurant chains were estimated to generate $77 
billion in U.S. foodservice distribution industry sales in 2016. These customers tend to in-source most 
activities except distribution, where they often rely on system distributors primarily for freight and 
logistics.

In fiscal 2016, no single customer represented more than 4% of our total customer sales. Sales to our top 50 
customers/GPOs represented approximately 43% of our net sales in fiscal 2016.  We have relationships with GPOs 
that act as agents for their members in negotiating pricing, delivery and other terms. Some customers who are 
members of GPOs purchase their products directly from us under the terms negotiated by their GPOs. In fiscal 2016, 
this accounted for about 25% of our total customer purchases. GPOs primarily focus on healthcare, hospitality, 
education, government/military and restaurant chains.

4

We believe that a broad array of value-added solutions offered by foodservice distributors makes customers 
more effective and efficient and can help foodservice distributors profitably grow their businesses. These services 
require distributors to invest in their capabilities, resulting in a higher cost-to-serve. When customers benefit from 
product and service solutions, they purchase a more attractive and profitable mix of items and tend to have stronger 
commercial relationships and loyalty.

We believe that the customer types that we target, which include independent restaurants, small and regional 

chains, and healthcare and hospitality customers, have greater growth prospects and/or benefit from value-added 
solutions to a greater extent than other customer types. 

There are several important dynamics affecting the industry.

•

•

•

Evolving consumer tastes and preferences. Consumers demand healthy and authentic food alternatives 
with fewer artificial ingredients, and they value locally harvested and sustainably manufactured 
products. In addition, many ethnic food offerings are becoming more mainstream as consumers show a 
greater willingness to try new flavors and cuisines. Changes in consumer preferences create 
opportunities for new and innovative products and for unique food-away-from-home destinations. This, 
in turn, is expected to create growth, margin expansion, and better customer retention opportunities for 
those distributors with the flexibility to balance national scale and local preferences. We believe 
foodservice distributors will likely need broader product assortments, extended supplier networks, 
effective supply chain management capabilities, and strong food safety programs to meet these needs.

Generational shifts with millennials and baby boomers. Given their purchasing power, millennials and 
baby boomers will continue to significantly influence food consumption and the food-away-from-home 
market. According to a U.S. Census Bureau survey, there are 83 million individuals born between 1982 
and 2000 in the United States. That makes these millennials the largest demographic cohort. They are 
key to driving growth in the broader U.S. food industry as their disposable income increases. Baby 
boomers continue to shape the industry as they remain in the workplace longer, prolonging their 
contribution to food-away-from-home expenditures.

Growing importance of e-commerce. We see significant future growth in e-commerce and in the 
adoption of mobile technology solutions by foodservice operators. E-commerce solutions increase 
customer retention. They also deepen the relationship between foodservice distributors and customers, 
creating new insights and services that can make both more efficient. We think deeper, technology-
enabled relationships with customers will accelerate the adoption of new products and increase 
customer loyalty. As a result, distributors that have invested in creating these capabilities will have a 
competitive edge. We believe this trend will accelerate, as millennials become key influencers and 
decision-makers within the industry, particularly at the customer level. We believe foodservice 
distributors will need to strengthen technology, data analytics, and related capabilities to address these 
changes.

We believe that we have the scale, foresight and agility required to proactively address these trends and, in 

turn, benefit from higher growth, greater customer retention and improved profitability.

Products, Brands, and Other Intellectual Property

We have a broad assortment of categories and brands to meet customers’ needs. In many categories, we offer 

products under our own private brands and trademarks.

5

The table below presents the sales mix for our principal product categories for the fiscal years ended 

December 31, 2016, January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014.

Meats and seafood
Dry grocery products
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products
Dairy
Equipment, disposables and supplies
Beverage products
Produce

2016

2015

2014

36%   
18%   
16%   
10%   
9%   
6%   
5%   
100%   

36%   
18%   
15%   
11%   
9%   
6%   
5%   
100%   

36%
18%
15%
11%
9%
6%
5%
100%

We have registered the trademarks US Foods, Food Fanatics and Chef’Store in connection with our overall 

US Foods brand strategy and with our retail outlets. We have also registered or applied for trademark protection in 
the United States in connection with our brand portfolio: for our Best tier lines: Chef’s Line, Rykoff Sexton, Stock 
Yards and Metro Deli; for our Better tier products: Monarch, Monogram, Molly’s Kitchen and Glenview Farms, 
among others; and for our Good tier offerings: Valu+Plus and Harvest Value.

Other than the US Foods trademark, and the trademarks for our brand portfolio, we do not believe that 

trademarks, patents, or copyrights are material to our business.

Suppliers

We purchase from over 5,000 individual suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 5% of our 
aggregate purchases in fiscal 2016. Our suppliers generally are large corporations selling national brand name and 
private brand products. Additionally, regional suppliers support targeted geographic initiatives, and private label 
programs requiring regional distribution. We generally negotiate supplier agreements on a centralized basis.

Seasonality

Our business does not fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and as a result, is not considered 

seasonal. 

Working Capital

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment, and our resources include cash 
provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings, various types of debt and other financing 
arrangements.  See discussion in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations” regarding our liquidity and capital resources.  

Government Regulation

As a marketer, processor and distributor of food products in the United States, US Foods must comply with 

various laws and regulations from federal, state and local regulatory agencies. Our policy is to comply with all 
applicable laws and regulations. A summary of certain laws and regulations is described below.

Food Holding and Processing

We are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act; the Bioterrorism Act; and regulations created by 

the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). The FDA regulates manufacturing and holding requirements for 
foods, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods and prescribes the format and content of certain 
information that must appear on food product labels.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
The recently published applicable rules under the FDA Food Safety Modernization Act (“FSMA”) 

significantly expanded our food safety requirements. Among other things, we are required to maintain 
comprehensive, prevention-based controls across the food supply chain that are both verified and validated. The 
FSMA further regulates food products imported into the United States and provides the FDA with mandatory recall 
authority. The Act’s rule on the sanitary transportation of food may require us to enhance our systems to ensure that 
we meet new standards for maintaining the safety of food during transportation.

For certain product lines, we are also subject to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products 
Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the Country of Origin Labeling Act, and regulations 
from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”). The USDA imposes standards for product quality and 
sanitation, including the inspection and labeling of meat and poultry products, and the grading and commercial 
acceptance of produce shipments from our vendors.

Our Company and products are also subject to state and local regulation. This includes measures such as the 

licensing of our facilities, enforcement of standards for our products and facilities by state and local health agencies, 
and regulation of our trade practices in connection with selling products.

Our processing and distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA biennially and are subject to 
periodic government agency inspections. Our facilities are generally inspected at least annually by federal and/or 
state authorities. We have a small number of manufacturing facilities for some meat, poultry, seafood and produce 
products.  These units are appropriately registered and inspected by USDA and FDA respectively.  We also must 
establish communication programs to transmit information about the hazards of certain chemicals present in some of 
the products we distribute.

Our customers include several departments of the federal government, including the Department of Defense 

and Department of Veterans Affairs facilities, as well as certain state and local entities. These customer relationships 
subject us to additional regulations applicable to government contractors.

Trade

For the purchase of products manufactured outside of the United States, and for the shipment of products to 
customers located outside of the United States, we are subject to customs laws regarding the import and export of 
shipments. Our activities, including working with customs brokers and freight forwarders, are subject to regulation 
by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, part of Homeland Security.

Anticorruption

Because we are organized under the laws of a state in the U.S. and our principal place of business is in the 

U.S., we are considered a “domestic concern” under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and are covered by the anti-
bribery provisions of the Act. The anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA prohibit any domestic concern and any 
officer, director, employee, or agent, acting on behalf of the domestic concern from paying or authorizing payment 
of anything of value to (i) influence any act or decision by a foreign official; (ii) induce a foreign official to do or 
omit to do any act in violation of his/her lawful duty; (iii) secure any improper advantage; or (iv) induce a foreign 
official to use his/her influence to assist the payor in obtaining or retaining business, or directing business to another 
person.

Ground Transportation

The U.S. Department of Transportation and its agencies, the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal 
Highway Administration, the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the National Highway Traffic Safety 
Administration regulate our trucking operations through the regulation of operations, safety, insurance and 
hazardous materials. We must comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Federal Motor 
Carrier Safety Administration, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing and hours-of service. Such 
matters as weight and dimension of equipment also fall under federal and state regulations.

7

Environmental

Our operations are also subject to a broad range of federal, state, and local environmental laws and 

regulations. Our operations are also subject to zoning and building regulations. The environmental laws and 
regulations cover a variety of procedures, including appropriately managing wastewater and stormwater; complying 
with clean air laws, including those governing vehicle emissions; properly handling and disposing of solid and 
hazardous wastes; protecting against and appropriately investigating and remediating spills and releases; and 
monitoring and maintaining underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum 
products.

A number of our facilities have ammonia or Freon-based refrigeration systems, which could cause injury or 
environmental damage if accidently released. In addition, many of our facilities have propane and battery powered 
forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-
depleting substances, and proposals for the regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or 
replace equipment, or may increase our transportation or other operating costs.

Employment

The U.S. Department of Labor and its agencies, the Employee Benefits Security Administration, the 
Occupational Safety & Health Administration, and the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs regulate 
our employment practices and standards for workers. We are also subject to laws that prohibit discrimination in 
employment based on non-merit categories, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act and the Americans with 
Disabilities Act, and other laws relating to accessibility and the removal of barriers. Our workers’ compensation 
self-insurance is subject to regulation by the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Our facilities are subject to inspections under the Occupational Safety and Health Act to ensure our 
compliance with certain manufacturing, health and safety standards to protect our employees from accidents. US 
Foods is also subject to the National Labor Relations Act, which governs the process for collective bargaining 
between employers and employees and protects the rights of both employers and employees in the workplace.

Compliance

We believe that we comply with the regulatory requirements relating to our operations. Failing to comply with 

applicable regulatory requirements could result in a number of adverse situations. These could include 
administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; warning or untitled 
letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closing facilities or operations; the loss, 
revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; and the failure to get 
additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business. Any of 
these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws 
and regulations may change in the future, and we may incur material costs to comply with them, or any required 
product recalls.

Employees 

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 25,000 employees, of which approximately 4,500 are 
members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. 
Approximately one-third of our facilities have employees represented by unions with collective bargaining 
agreements (“CBAs”). 

During fiscal year 2016, 13 CBAs covering approximately 1,400 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 
2017, nine CBAs covering approximately 800 employees are subject to renegotiation. While we have experienced 
work stoppages in the past, we believe we have generally good relations with both union and non-union employees, 
and we believe we are well-regarded in the communities in which we operate.

8

Available Information 

We file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 
Those filings are also available to the public on, or accessible through, our website for free via the “Investors” 
section at https://ir.usfoods.com/investors. The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible 
through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference herein and 
is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”).

9

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

We are subject to many risks and uncertainties including, without limitation, our results of operations and cash 
flows. Some of these risks and uncertainties may cause our financial performance, business or operations to vary, or 
they may materially or adversely affect our financial performance. These are discussed below. The risks and 
uncertainties described in this Annual Report are not the only ones we face. Others—which are not currently known 
to us, or that we believe are immaterial—also may adversely affect our financial performance, business or 
operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Ours is a low-margin business, and our profitability is directly affected by cost deflation or inflation, commodity 
volatility and other factors.

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is characterized by relatively high inventory turnover with 

relatively low profit margins. Volatile commodity costs have a direct impact on our industry. We make a significant 
portion of our sales at prices that are based on the cost of products we sell, plus a percentage margin. As a result, our 
profit levels may be negatively affected during periods of product cost deflation, even though our gross profit 
percentage may remain relatively constant. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation also may reduce our profit 
margins and earnings, if product cost increases cannot be passed on to customers because they resist paying higher 
prices. In addition, periods of rapid inflation may have a negative effect on our business. There may be a lag 
between the time of the price increase and the time at which we are able to pass it along, as well as the impact it may 
have on discretionary spending by consumers.

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. One of our competitors has greater financial 

and other resources than we do. Furthermore, there are a large number of local and regional distributors. These 
companies often align themselves with other smaller distributors through purchasing cooperatives and marketing 
groups. The goal is to enhance their geographic reach, private label offerings, overall purchasing power, cost 
efficiencies, and ability to meet customer distribution requirements. These suppliers also rely on local presence as a 
source of competitive advantage, and they may have lower costs and other competitive advantages due to 
geographic proximity. Additionally, adjacent competition, such as cash and carry operations, commercial wholesale 
outlets, club stores and grocery stores, continue to serve the commercial foodservice market. We also experience 
competition from online direct food wholesalers, such as Amazon.com. We generally do not have exclusive service 
agreements with our customers, and they may switch to other suppliers that offer lower prices, differentiated 
products or customer service that is perceived to be superior. The cost of switching suppliers is very low as are the 
barriers to entry into the U.S. foodservice distribution industry. We believe most purchasing decisions in the U.S. 
foodservice distribution industry are based on the quality and price of the product, plus a distributor’s ability to 
completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries.

Increased competition has caused the U.S. foodservice distribution industry to change, as distributors seek to 

lower costs, further increasing pressure on the industry’s profit margins. Heightened competition among our 
suppliers, significant pricing initiatives or discount programs established by competitors, new entrants, and trends 
toward vertical integration could create additional competitive pressures that reduce margins and adversely affect 
our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on third-party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in 
product costs.

We get substantially all of our foodservice and related products from third-party suppliers. We typically do not 

have long-term contracts with suppliers. Although our purchasing volume can provide leverage when dealing with 
suppliers, they may not provide the foodservice products and supplies we need in the quantities and at the prices 
requested. We do not control the actual production of most of the products we sell. This means we are also subject to 
delays caused by interruption in production and increases in product costs based on conditions outside our control. 
These conditions include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of 

10

suppliers; severe weather; crop conditions; product recalls; transportation interruptions; unavailability of fuel or 
increases in fuel costs; competitive demands; and natural disasters or other catastrophic events (including, but not 
limited to, the outbreak of food-borne illnesses in the United States). Our inability to obtain adequate supplies of 
foodservice and related products because of any of these or other factors could mean that we could not fulfill our 
obligations to our customers and, as a result, our customers may turn to other distributors.

We have substantial debt, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to raise additional 
capital or obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business, and make payments on our debt.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $3,782 million of indebtedness, net of $20 million of unamortized deferred 

financing costs.

Our substantial debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our ability to obtain additional financing or use our cash flows for working capital, capital expenditures, 
acquisitions, debt service requirements or general corporate purposes, and our ability to satisfy our 
obligations with respect to our indebtedness may be impaired in the future;

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations must be dedicated to the payment of principal 
and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for other purposes;

we are exposed to the risk of increased interest rates because a substantial portion of our borrowings are 
at variable rates of interest;

it may be more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on 
and acceleration of such indebtedness;

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or comparable 
debt at more favorable interest rates and they, as a result, may be better positioned to withstand 
economic downturns;

our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase; and

our flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions and ability to withstand competitive pressures 
could be limited, or we may be prevented from carrying out capital spending that is necessary or 
important to our growth strategy and efforts to improve operating margins of our business.

Despite our indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, including 
secured debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the 

agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these 
restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the 
amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. 

The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly 
impact our ability to operate our business.

Our credit facilities and indenture contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to do the 

following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

dispose of assets;

incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness);

pay dividends and make certain payments;

create liens on assets;

make investments (including joint ventures);

engage in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of our assets;

11

•

•

•

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

change the business conducted by us; and

amend specific debt agreements.

In addition, if borrowing availability under the ABL Facility, plus the amount of unrestricted cash and cash 

equivalents held by us, falls below a specified threshold of $118 million on any three consecutive business days, the 
borrowers under such facility, which are our subsidiaries, are required to comply with a minimum fixed charge 
coverage ratio of 1.0 : 1.0. In addition, if our borrowing availability under the ABL Facility falls below $130 million 
on any two consecutive business days or, solely with respect to the ABL Facility, certain cash management 
covenants or borrowing base delivery requirements are breached, or a payment default or bankruptcy event occurs, 
additional reporting responsibilities are triggered under the ABL Facility and the 2012 ABS Facility.

Our ability to comply with these provisions in future periods will depend on our ongoing financial and 

operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and 
competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our ability to comply with these provisions in future 
periods will also depend substantially on the pricing of our products, our success at implementing cost reduction 
initiatives and our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy.

The restrictions under the terms of our credit facilities and indenture may prevent us from taking actions that 
we believe would be in the best interest of our business, and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our 
business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future 
debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive covenants that could affect our financial and 
operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers or amendments to these agreements if 
for any reason we are unable to comply with these agreements or that we will be able to refinance our debt on terms 
acceptable to us, or at all.

Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our credit facilities and indenture may 

be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions beyond our control. The breach of any of these covenants 
or restrictions could result in a default under our credit facilities and indenture that would permit the applicable 
lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, 
together with accrued and unpaid interest. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could 
proceed against the collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under and may not be 
able to repay the amounts due under our credit facilities. This could have serious consequences to our financial 
condition and results of operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our debt facilities 
and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many 
factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under our debt will depend on our 

financial and operating performance. This, in turn, will be subject to prevailing economic and competitive 
conditions and to the financial and business factors, many of which may be beyond our control, as described under 
“—We have substantial debt, which could adversely affect our financial health and our ability to raise additional 
capital or obtain financing in the future, react to changes in our business and make payments on our debt” and “—
The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly 
impact our ability to operate our business” above.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced 
to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure our debt. In 
the future, our cash flows and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our 
debt, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service 
obligations.

The 2012 ABS Facility will mature in 2018. The ABL Facility will mature in 2020. The senior secured term 

loan, dated as of May 11, 2011, as amended by the first amendment dated as of June 7, 2013, as amended and 

12

restated by the second amendment dated as of June 27, 2016, and as amended by the third amendment dated as of 
February 17, 2017 (the “Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan”) will mature in 2023. The 5.875% unsecured 
senior notes due June 15, 2024 (the “2016 Senior Notes”) will mature in 2024. We cannot assure you that we will be 
able to refinance any of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, particularly because of our anticipated high 
levels of debt and the debt incurrence restrictions imposed by the agreements governing our debt, as well as 
prevailing market conditions. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial 
liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and 
other obligations. Our credit facilities and indenture restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds 
from any such dispositions. As a result, we cannot assure you we will be able to consummate those sales, or, if we 
do, what the timing of the sales will be or whether the proceeds that we realize will be adequate to meet the debt 
service obligations when due.

An increase in interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our debt and could reduce our profitability.

A significant portion of our outstanding debt bears interest at variable rates. As a result, an increase in interest 

rates, whether because of an increase in market interest rates or a decrease in our creditworthiness, would increase 
the cost of servicing our debt and could materially reduce our profitability and cash flows. The impact of such an 
increase would be more significant for us than it would be for some other companies because of our substantial debt.

A change in our relationships with GPOs could negatively affect our relationships with customers, which could 
reduce our profitability.

No single customer represented more than 4% of our total net sales in fiscal 2016. However, some of our 

customers purchase their products under arrangements with GPOs. GPOs act as agents on behalf of their members 
by negotiating pricing, delivery, and other terms with us. Our customers who are members of GPOs purchase 
products directly from us on the terms negotiated by their GPO. GPOs use the combined purchasing power of their 
members to lower the prices paid by their members, and we have experienced some pricing pressure from customers 
who associate with GPOs. Approximately 25% of our net sales in fiscal 2016 were made by customers under terms 
negotiated by GPOs. To the extent our customers, for example, independent restaurants who do not typically 
negotiate directly with GPOs, are able to independently negotiate competitive pricing or become members of GPOs, 
we may be forced to lower our prices so they will remain customers, which would negatively affect operating 
margins. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with GPOs, or if GPOs are able to negotiate 
more favorable terms for their members with our competitors, we could lose some or all of that business. This could 
adversely affect our future operating profits.

Our relationships with key long-term customers and GPOs may be materially diminished or terminated.

We have long-standing relationships with a number of our customers and GPOs, many of whom could 
unilaterally terminate their relationship with us or materially reduce the amount of business they conduct with us at 
any time. Market competition, customer requirements, customer financial condition and customer consolidation 
through mergers or acquisitions also could adversely affect our ability to continue or expand these relationships. 
There is no guarantee that we will be able to retain or renew existing agreements, maintain relationships with any of 
our customers or GPOs on acceptable terms or at all or collect amounts owed to us from insolvent customers. Our 
customer and GPO agreements are generally terminable upon advance written notice (typically ranging from 30 
days to six months) by either us or the customer or GPO, which provides our customers or GPOs with the 
opportunity to renegotiate their contracts with us or to award more business to our competitors. The loss of one or 
more of our major customers or GPOs could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of 
operations.

If we fail to increase or maintain our sales to independent restaurant customers, our profitability may suffer.

Our most profitable customers are independent restaurants. We tend to work closely with these customers, 

providing them access to our customer value added tools and as a result are able to earn a higher operating margin 
on sales to them. Our ability to continue to gain market share of independent restaurant customers is critical to 
achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying practices of independent restaurant customers, 

13

including their ability to require us to sell to them at discounted rates, or decreases in our sales to this type of 
customer could have a material negative impact on our profitability.

We must consummate and effectively integrate the businesses we acquire.

Historically, a portion of our growth has come through acquisitions. If we are unable to find, consummate, and 

integrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated economic, operational, and other benefits and 
synergies in a timely manner, our profitability may decrease. Integrating acquired businesses may be more difficult 
in a region or market in which we have limited expertise. A significant expansion of our business and operations, in 
terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our administrative and/or operational resources. Significant 
acquisitions may also require incurring additional debt. This could increase our interest expense and make it difficult 
for us to get favorable financing for other acquisitions or capital investments in the future.

We may be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives.

We may not be able to realize some or all of our expected cost savings in the future. A variety of factors could 

cause us not to realize some of the expected cost savings. These include, among others, delays in the anticipated 
timing of activities related to our cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and 
unexpected costs associated with operating our business. All of these factors could negatively affect our results of 
operations and financial condition, including by failing to offset any decreases in our profitability.

Significant increases in fuel costs could hurt our business.

The high cost of fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending. As a result, this 

reduces the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from home. In addition, the high cost 
of fuel can also increase the price we pay for products, as well as the costs we incur to deliver products to our 
customers. These factors, in turn, negatively affect our sales, margins, operating expenses, and operating results. 
Additionally, from time to time, we enter into forward purchase commitments for some of our fuel requirements at 
prices equal to the then-current market price. If fuel prices decrease significantly, these forward purchases may 
prove ineffective and result in us paying higher than market costs for part of our fuel. This risk is partially 
mitigated through the use of diesel fuel surcharges to our customers.

An economic downturn, or other factors affecting consumer confidence, could reduce the amount of food 
prepared and consumed away from home, which could harm our business.

The U.S. foodservice market is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions. In recent years, the 
uneven level of general U.S. economic activity, the uncertainty in the financial markets, and slow job growth has 
affected consumer confidence and discretionary spending. A renewed decline in economic activity, other factors 
affecting consumer confidence, and the frequency and amount spent by consumers for food prepared away from 
home may reduce our sales and operating results in the future. Additionally, prolonged periods of product cost 
inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and earnings, if the product cost increases cannot be 
passed on to customers who resist paying higher prices or negatively affect consumer spending. There can be no 
assurance that one or more of these factors will not reduce future operating results.

We may be subject to or affected by liability claims related to products we distribute.

As any seller of food, we may be exposed to liability claims in the event that the products we sell cause injury 

or illness. We believe we have sufficient primary or excess umbrella liability insurance to cover product liability 
claims. However, our current insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or, if available, may 
not be adequate to cover all of our liabilities. We generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage 
from parties supplying products to us. But this indemnification or insurance coverage is limited, as a practical 
matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by 
suppliers. If we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, the liability related to 
defective products could adversely affect our results of operations.

14

Any negative media exposure or other event that harms our reputation could hurt our business.

Maintaining a good reputation is critical to our business, particularly in selling our private label products. Any 

event that damages our reputation, justified or not, could quickly affect our revenues and profits. This includes 
adverse publicity about the quality, safety or integrity of our products. Reports, whether or not they are true, of food-
borne illnesses (such as e. coli, avian flu, bovine spongiform encephalopathy, hepatitis A, trichinosis or salmonella) 
and injuries caused by food tampering could severely injure our reputation. If patrons of our national chain and 
regional restaurant customers become ill from food-borne illnesses, the customers could be forced to temporarily 
close restaurant locations and our sales would correspondingly decrease. In addition, instances of food-borne 
illnesses or food tampering or other health concerns, even those unrelated to our products, can result in negative 
publicity about the U.S. foodservice distribution industry and dramatically reduce our sales.

We face risks related to labor relations and the availability of qualified labor. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 25,000 employees, of which approximately 4,500 are 
members of local unions associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. 
Our failure to effectively renegotiate any CBAs could result in work stoppages and we may, from time to time, be 
subject to increased efforts to subject us to multi-location labor disputes, as individual labor agreements expire or 
labor disputes arise. This would place us at greater risk of being unable to continue to operate one or more facilities, 
delaying deliveries, possibly causing customers to seek alternative suppliers, or otherwise being materially adversely 
affected by labor disputes. From time to time, when there are labor related issues at a facility represented by a local 
union, sympathy strikes occur at other facilities that are represented by other local unions. While we believe we have 
generally satisfactory relationships with our employees, including the unions that represent some of our employees, 
a work stoppage due to our failure to renegotiate union contracts or for other reasons could have a significant 
negative effect on us.

Further, potential changes in labor legislation and case law could result in currently non-union portions of our 

workforce, such as our warehouse and delivery personnel, being subjected to greater organized labor influence. 
Should additional portions of our workforce be subject to CBAs, this could result in increased costs of doing 
business as we may be subject to mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling, costs and standards and we 
may therefore have reduced operating flexibility.

Additionally, we risk a shortage of qualified labor. Recruiting and retention efforts, and actions to increase 

productivity, may not be successful, and we could encounter a shortage of qualified labor in the future. Such a 
shortage could potentially increase labor costs, reduce profitability and/or decrease our ability to effectively serve 
customers.

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher 

than many other industries, even if we are able to negotiate agreements and avoid work stoppages, we may be 
significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the 
U.S. food-away-from-home industry. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of 
increases in minimum wage requirements, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for our 
products.

Changes in industry pricing practices could negatively affect our profitability.

Promotional allowances have traditionally generated a significant percentage of U.S. foodservice distribution 

gross margins. These payments from suppliers are based upon the efficiencies that the distributor provides by 
volume purchasing, and marketing and merchandising expertise. Promotional allowances are a standard industry 
practice and represent a significant source of profitability for our competitors and us. Any change in industry 
practices that reduced or eliminated purchasing allowances without corresponding increases in sales margin could be 
disruptive to us and the industry as a whole, and could have a material negative effect on our profitability.

15

If our competitors implement a lower cost structure, they may be able to offer reduced prices to customers. We 
may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compete profitably.

Over the last several decades, the food retail industry has undergone a significant change. Companies such as 
Wal-Mart and Costco have developed a lower cost structure, so they can provide their customers with an everyday 
low-cost product offering. In addition, commercial wholesale outlets, such as Restaurant Depot, offer an additional 
low-cost option in the markets they serve. As a large-scale U.S. foodservice distributor, we have similar strategies to 
remain competitive in the marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our 
competitors adopt an everyday low price strategy, we would potentially be pressured to offer lower prices to our 
customers. That would require us to achieve additional cost savings to offset these reductions. We may be unable to 
change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in that environment.

Most of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into 

long-term agreements with these customers. Because such customers are not obligated to continue purchasing 
products from us, we cannot assure you that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will 
remain constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain our existing customer base. Significant decreases in 
the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders or our inability to retain or grow our current customer 
base may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Our business may be subject to significant environmental, health and safety costs.

Our operations face a broad range of federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of 

the environment or health and safety. These laws govern numerous issues, including discharges to air, soil and 
water; the handling and disposal of hazardous substances; the investigation and remediation of contamination 
resulting from the release of petroleum products and other hazardous substances; employee health and safety; and 
fleet safety. In the course of our operations, we operate and maintain vehicle fleets, we use and dispose of hazardous 
substances, and we store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks. At several current and former 
facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from historical releases of fuel 
and other hazardous substances. Although the known or suspected contamination at these facilities is not currently 
the subject of any administrative or judicial proceeding, we cannot provide assurance that we will not be the subject 
of administrative or judicial proceedings in the future for contamination related to releases of fuel or other hazardous 
substances. Further, we cannot be sure that compliance with, or liability under, existing or future environmental, 
health and safety laws, such as those related to remediation obligations, will not adversely affect our future operating 
results.

Some jurisdictions in which we operate have laws that affect the composition and operation of truck fleets, 

such as limits on diesel emissions and engine idling. A number of our facilities have ammonia or Freon-based 
refrigeration systems, which could cause injury or environmental damage if accidentally released. In addition, many 
of our distribution centers have propane and battery powered forklifts. Proposed or recently enacted legal 
requirements, such as those requiring the phase-out of certain ozone-depleting substances, and proposals for the 
regulation of greenhouse gas emissions, may require us to upgrade or replace equipment, or may increase our 
transportation or other operating costs.

If we fail to comply with requirements imposed by applicable law or other governmental regulations, we could 
become subject to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations that could 
significantly and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to governmental regulation at the federal, state, and local levels in many areas of our business, 
including food holding, trade, anticorruption, transportation, employment, and other areas of safety and compliance. 
A more detailed discussion of some of the laws and regulations that we are subject to can be found in “Business—
Government Regulation.”

Additionally, due to contracts we have with governmental entities, from time to time, state governmental 
agencies have conducted audits of our pricing practices as part of investigations of providers of services under 
governmental contracts, or otherwise. We also receive requests for information from governmental agencies in 

16

connection with these audits. While we attempt to comply with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot 
represent that we are in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations or interpretations of these laws and 
regulations at all times or that we will be able to comply with any future laws, regulations, or interpretations of these 
laws and regulations.

If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or encounter disagreements with respect to our 

contracts subject to governmental regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to 
investigations, criminal sanctions or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, prohibitions, seizures or debarments 
from contracting with the government. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including 
debarments, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, 
governmental units may make changes in the regulatory frameworks within which we operate that may require us to 
incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations.

We rely heavily on technology, and any disruption in existing technology or delay in implementing new 
technology could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to control costs and maximize profits, as well as to serve customers most effectively, depends on 

the reliability of our information technology systems and related data entry processes in our transaction intensive 
business. We rely on software and other information technology to manage significant aspects of our business. 
These include to make purchases, process orders, manage our warehouses, load trucks in the most efficient manner, 
and optimize the use of storage space. Any disruption to this information technology could negatively affect our 
customer service, decrease the volume of our business, and result in increased costs. We have invested and continue 
to invest in technology security initiatives, business continuity, and disaster recovery plans. However, these 
measures cannot fully insulate us from technology disruption that could impair operations and profits.

 Information technology evolves rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new 
technologies in a timely and cost-effective manner. If competitors implement new technologies before we do, 
allowing them to provide lower priced or enhanced services of superior quality compared to those we provide, our 
operations and profits could be affected.

A cybersecurity incident and other technology disruptions could negatively affect our business and our 
relationships with customers.

We rely upon information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic 

information, to process online credit card payments, and to manage or support virtually all of our business processes 
and activities. We also use mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with our 
employees, suppliers, business partners and our customers. These uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including 
security breach, espionage, system disruption, theft, online platform hijacking that could redirect online credit card 
payments to another credit card processing website, and inadvertent or unauthorized release of information. Our 
business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and 
intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ personal information, private information about 
employees, and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. Further, we are also 
expanding and improving our information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and 
corresponding increase in exposure to cybersecurity risk. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to 
prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be 
entirely effective. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential 
information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology 
systems of third parties on which we rely, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, 
violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability, and competitive disadvantage.

Our retirement benefits could give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We sponsor defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. Pension and postretirement obligations 
give rise to costs that are dependent on assumptions discussed in Note 17, Retirement Plans, to our consolidated 
financial statements.  In addition to the plans we sponsor, we also participate in various “multiemployer” pension 
plans administered by labor unions representing some of our employees. We make periodic contributions to these 

17

plans to allow them to meet their pension benefit obligations to their participants. In the event that we withdraw 
from participating in one of these plans, then-applicable law could require us to make additional withdrawal liability 
payments to the plan, and we would have to reflect such payments on our balance sheet. Our withdrawal liability for 
any multiemployer plan would depend on the extent of the plan’s funding of vested benefits.

In the ordinary course of our renegotiation of CBAs with labor unions that maintain these plans, we could 
decide to discontinue participation in a plan. In that event, we could face a withdrawal liability. We could also be 
treated as withdrawing from participation in one of these plans, if the number of our employees participating in these 
plans is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time. Such reductions in the number of employees 
participating in these plans could occur as a result of changes in our business operations, such as facility closures or 
consolidations. Some multiemployer plans, including ones in which we participate, are reported to have significant 
underfunded liabilities. Such underfunding could increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. For a 
detailed description of our retirement plans, see Note 17, Retirement Plans, to our consolidated financial statements.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters may interrupt our business, or our customers’ businesses, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Some of our facilities and our customers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and 

occasionally prolonged, weather conditions, including, but not limited to, hurricanes, tornadoes, blizzards, and 
extreme cold. Such extreme weather conditions may interrupt our operations or reduce the number of consumers 
who visit our customers’ facilities in such areas. Furthermore, such extreme weather conditions may interrupt or 
impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition, or results of operations.

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal 
course of our business could reduce our profits or limit our ability to operate our business.

In the normal course of our business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these 

proceedings cannot be predicted. If any of these proceedings were to be determined adversely to us or a settlement 
involving a payment of a material sum of money were to occur, it could materially and adversely affect our profits 
or ability to operate our business. Additionally, we could become the subject of future claims by third parties, 
including our employees, suppliers, customers, and other counterparties, our investors, or regulators. Any significant 
adverse judgments or settlements would reduce our profits and could limit our ability to operate our business. 
Further, we may incur costs related to claims for which we have appropriate third-party indemnity, but such third 
parties may fail to fulfill their contractual obligations.

Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or 
results of operations.

Changes in consumer eating habits (such as a decline in consuming food away from home, a decline in portion 

sizes, or a shift in preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. 
Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in attitudes regarding diet and 
health or new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. There is a growing consumer 
preference for sustainable, organic and locally grown products. Changing consumer eating habits also occur due to 
generational shifts. Millennials, the largest demographic group in terms of spend, seek new and different as well as 
more ethnic menu options and menu innovation. Millennials also value diversity. If consumer eating habits change 
significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we 
may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits 
may reduce the frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in 
consumer eating habits may result in the enactment or amendment of laws and regulations that impact the 
ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, or laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the 
nutritional content of our food products. Compliance with these laws and regulations, as well as others regarding the 
ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, may be costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any 
assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new 
laws or regulations or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.

18

We rely on trademarks, trade secrets, and other forms of intellectual property protections; however, these 
protections may not be adequate.

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws in the United States. 

We have applied in the United States and in certain other countries for registration of a limited number of 
trademarks, some of which have been registered or issued. We cannot guarantee that our applications will be 
approved by the applicable governmental authorities, or that third parties will not seek to oppose or otherwise 
challenge our registrations or applications. We also rely on unregistered proprietary rights, including common law 
trademark protection. However, third parties may use trademarks identical or confusingly similar to ours, or 
independently develop trade secrets or know-how similar or equivalent to ours. If our proprietary information is 
divulged to third parties, including our competitors, or our intellectual property rights are otherwise misappropriated 
or infringed, our competitive position could be harmed.

Our products may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to incur unexpected 
costs or potentially prevent us from selling our products.

We cannot be certain that our products do not and will not infringe intellectual property rights of others. We 
may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business, including claims of alleged 
infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our customers in connection with their use of our 
products. Any such claims, whether or not meritorious, could result in costly litigation and divert the efforts of our 
management and personnel. Moreover, should we be found liable for infringement, we may be required to enter into 
licensing agreements (if available on acceptable terms or at all) or to pay damages and to cease making or selling 
certain products. Any of the foregoing could cause us to incur significant costs and prevent us from manufacturing 
or selling our products.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may change significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at 
or above the price you paid or at all, and you could lose all or part of your investment as a result.

The stock market routinely experiences periods of large or extreme volatility. In some instances, this volatility 

has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. In the past, following 
periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in 
securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management 
from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

The trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected due to a number of factors such as those 

listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and the following, most of which we cannot control:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

results of operations that vary from those of our competitors;

changes in expectations as to our or our industry’s future financial performance, including financial 
estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors, and the publication of 
research reports regarding the same;

declines in the market prices of stocks, trading volumes and company valuations generally, particularly 
those of foodservice distribution companies;

strategic actions by us or our competitors; 

changes in preferences of our customers; and purchasing habits of consumers;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint 
marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships, or capital commitments;

changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets;

changes in business or regulatory conditions;

19

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

future sales of our common stock or other securities;

investor perceptions or the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other 
investment alternatives;

a default on our indebtedness or a downgrade in our or our competitors’ credit ratings;

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including 
our filings with the SEC;

changes in senior management or key personnel;

announcements relating to litigation;

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this 
guidance;

the sustainability of an active trading market for our stock;

changes in accounting principles;

occurrences of extreme or inclement weather; and

other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, or acts of terrorism, or 
responses to these events.

These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, 
regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and 
trading volume of our common stock is low.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you 
may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which 
you paid for it.

We intend to retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion, and debt repayment and have no 

current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration, amount, and payment of any 
future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of 
Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition, and results of operations, 
our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax, and 
regulatory restrictions, implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to 
us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is 
limited by covenants of our existing debt agreements and may be limited by covenants of any future indebtedness 
we or our subsidiaries incur. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock 
unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Maintaining our financial controls and the requirements of being a public company may cause us to incur 
material additional costs, and any failure to maintain financial controls could result in our financial statements 
becoming unreliable.

As a publicly traded company, we are required to comply with governance and SEC reporting requirements, 

including compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules implemented by the SEC, and with 
provisions in connection with being listed on the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting 
and corporate governance purposes have been generally increasing and could have a material impact on our results 
of operations.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules and regulations, our management 
is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered 
public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
in the second annual report we file with the SEC following completion of our IPO. We will continue to test our 
internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and 
testing, identify material weaknesses, significant deficiencies or other areas for further attention or improvement. 

20

Any failure to maintain the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, or any consequent inability to 
produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially 
impair our ability to operate our business. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce 
reliable financial reports and are important to assist in detecting fraud. As a result, our failure to satisfy the 
requirements of Section 404 on a timely basis could result in the loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our 
financial statements, which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, publish inaccurate or unfavorable 
research, or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial 

analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the 
analysts who cover us downgrades our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish 
inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these 
analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, 
which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could 
cause the market price for our common stock to decline.  

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these 
sales could occur, could substantially decrease the market price of our common stock. After the expiration or earlier 
waiver or termination of the lock-up periods described below in Part II, Item 5 under “Future Sales of Our Common 
Stock,” substantially all of the outstanding shares of our common stock will be available for resale in the public 
market. Registration of the sale of these shares of our common stock would permit their sale into the market 
immediately. The market price of our common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them 
or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have granted our Sponsors the right to cause us, in certain 

instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 
“Securities Act”), covering resales of our common stock held by them. These shares represented approximately 
56.67% percent of our outstanding common stock as of January 31, 2017. These shares also may be sold pursuant to 
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of shares 
held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their 
registration rights, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are 
perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Additionally, pursuant to our management stockholder’s 
agreements, certain stockholders are eligible to sell shares of our common stock concurrently with a resale of shares 
of our common stock by the Sponsors pursuant to the registration rights agreement. 

Effective January 25, 2017, our Company and the Sponsors waived the transfer restrictions contained in the 

management stockholder’s agreement for stockholders party thereto, other than our executive officers.  Additionally, 
our Board of Directors has, pursuant to such management stockholder’s agreement, elected to waive the transfer 
restrictions with respect to the number of shares of our common stock that such executive officers would have been 
eligible to sell concurrently with the resale of shares of our common stock by the Sponsors pursuant to the 
registration rights agreement.

In addition, as of January 31, 2017 10,653,045 shares of common stock are reserved for future issuance under 
our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates, as amended (the “2007 
Plan”) and our 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), and will be eligible for 
sale upon exercise of vested options. We have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to 
register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and the shares of common stock subject to 
issuance under the 2007 Plan, the 2016 Plan, and the US Foods Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”). The Form S-8 registration statement automatically became 
effective upon filing. The initial registration statement on Form S-8 covered 27,428,139 shares of common stock. 
These shares can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws 
applicable to resales by affiliates.

21

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the 
holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors 
could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common 
stock or other securities.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of 

shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material 
portion of then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with 
investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws 

may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover 
attempt, or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those 
attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by our stockholders.

These provisions provide for, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

a classified Board of Directors, dividing our Board of Directors into three classes, with each class 
serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board 
of Directors at a single annual meeting;

the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock that could be used by our Board of Directors to 
thwart a takeover attempt;

advance notice requirements for nominations of directors by stockholders and for proposing matters that 
can be acted upon by stockholders at our stockholder meetings;

a prohibition on stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if the Sponsors collectively 
cease to own more than 50% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

limiting the ability of stockholders to remove directors if the Sponsors collectively cease to own more 
than 25% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock and any applicable terms of the Amended and 
Restated Stockholders Agreement, vacancies on the Board of Directors, including newly-created 
directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all actions to be taken at a 
meeting of the stockholders if the Sponsors collectively cease to own more than 50% of our outstanding 
shares of common stock; and

the approval of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of common stock to amend certain provisions of 
the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws if the 
Sponsors collectively cease to own less than 50% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-
party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited 
in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these 
provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as 
discouraging takeover attempts in the future. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and certain 
provisions of our amended and restated bylaws may also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our 
management. These provisions may facilitate management entrenchment that may delay, deter, render more difficult 
or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.

22

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware 
as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our 
stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us 
or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of 

Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding 
brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, 
officer, employee, agent, or stockholder of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, 
(iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer, employee, agent, or stockholder of the 
Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or our 
amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a 
claim against the Company or any director, officer, employee, agent, or stockholder of the Company governed by 
the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our 
capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated 
certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to 
bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other 
employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, 
if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or 
unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional 
costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and 
financial condition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal liability of our 
directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions permitted under the DGCL relating 

to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by 
the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:

•

•

•

•

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of 
the law;

Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an 
action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which 
indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our 
rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a 
breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities 
laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or 
deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, 
even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

The Sponsors control us and their interests may conflict with ours in the future.  

As of January 31, 2017 investment funds associated with CD&R and KKR beneficially own approximately 

28.34% and 28.34% of our common stock, respectively. As a result, the Sponsors have the ability to elect all of the 
members of our Board of Directors and thereby control our policies and operations, including the appointment of 
management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our 
common stock, the incurrence or modification of debt by us, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of 
incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the entering into of extraordinary transactions, and their 
interests may not in all cases be aligned with your interests. In addition, the Sponsors may have an interest in 
pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in their respective judgment, could enhance their 
investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to stockholders. For example, the Sponsors could 
cause us to make acquisitions that increase our indebtedness or cause us to sell revenue-generating assets. 

23

Additionally, in certain circumstances, acquisitions of debt at a discount by purchasers that are related to a debtor 
can give rise to cancellation of indebtedness income to such debtor for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Additionally, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, each Sponsor has agreed to 
vote in favor of nominees to our Board of Directors nominated by the other Sponsor. The Amended and Restated 
Stockholders Agreement also grants the Sponsors special governance rights, including approval rights over certain 
corporate and other transactions, and certain rights regarding the appointment and removal of our Chief Executive 
Officer. The Sponsors will retain these rights so long as the applicable Sponsor maintains certain specified minimum 
levels of ownership in our Company.

CD&R and KKR are in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire 

and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of CD&R, KKR, any of their 
affiliates, or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our 
officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from 
engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in 
which we operate. The Sponsors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our 
business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Sponsors are 
able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval and are able to cause or prevent a 
change of control of the Company or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors and could preclude any 
unsolicited acquisition of the Company. The concentration of ownership could deprive shareholders of an 
opportunity to receive a premium for their shares of common stock as part of a sale of the Company and ultimately 
might affect the market price of our common stock.

We are a “controlled company” pursuant to the rules of the NYSE. As a result, we qualify for, and rely on, 
exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that would otherwise provide protection to 
stockholders.

The Sponsors control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a 
“controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a 
company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group, or another company is a 
“controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

•

•

•

the requirement that a majority of our Board of Directors consist of “independent directors” as defined 
under the rules of the NYSE;

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent 
directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed 
entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and 
responsibilities; and

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the compensation and nominating and 
corporate governance committees.

As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors, our Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee and Compensation Committee does not consist entirely of independent directors, and such committees 
are not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Additionally, we are only required to have all independent 
Audit Committee members within one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the 
SEC in connection with our IPO, which will be May 25, 2017. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same 
protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of 
the NYSE. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or 
otherwise harm our stock price.

24

In addition, the NYSE listing standards require, among other things, that:

•

•

•

compensation committees be composed of fully independent directors, as determined pursuant to new 
independence requirements;

compensation committees be explicitly charged with hiring and overseeing compensation consultants, 
legal counsel, and other committee advisors; and

compensation committees be required to consider, when engaging compensation consultants, legal 
counsel, or other advisors, certain independence factors, including factors that examine the relationship 
between the consultant or advisor’s employer and us.

As a “controlled company,” we are not subject to these compensation committee independence requirements.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-

looking statements include information concerning our liquidity and our possible or assumed future results of 
operations, including descriptions of our business strategies. These statements often include words such as 
“believe,” “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “target,” “seek,” “will,” “may,” “would,” 
“should,” “could,” “forecasts,” “mission,” “strive,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions. The statements are based 
on assumptions that we have made, based on our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical 
trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we think are appropriate. We believe 
these judgments are reasonable. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of 
performance or results. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking 
statements.

There are a number of risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control, 
that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual 
Report. Such risks, uncertainties, and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and 
factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A—“Risk Factors”  and Part II , Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report, and the following risks, uncertainties, and 
factors:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Our ability to remain profitable during times of cost inflation/deflation, commodity volatility, and other 
factors

Industry competition and our ability to successfully compete

Our reliance on third-party suppliers, including the impact of any interruption of supplies or increases in 
product costs

Risks related to our indebtedness, including our substantial amount of debt, our ability to incur 
substantially more debt, and increases in interest rates

Restrictions and limitations placed on us by our agreements and instruments governing our debt

Any change in our relationships with GPOs

Any change in our relationships with long-term customers

Our ability to increase sales to independent restaurant customers

Our ability to successfully consummate and integrate acquisitions

Our ability to achieve the benefits that we expect from our cost savings initiatives

Shortages of fuel and increases or volatility in fuel costs

Any declines in the consumption of food prepared away from home, including as a result of changes in 
the economy or other factors affecting consumer confidence

Liability claims related to products we distribute

Our ability to maintain a good reputation

25

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Costs and risks associated with labor relations and the availability of qualified labor

Changes in industry pricing practices

Changes in competitors’ cost structures

Our ability to retain customers not obligated by long-term contracts to continue purchasing products 
from us

Environmental, health and safety costs

Costs and risks associated with government laws and regulations, including environmental, health, 
safety, food safety, transportation, labor and employment, laws and regulations, and changes in existing 
laws or regulations

Technology disruptions and our ability to implement new technologies

Costs and risks associated with a potential cybersecurity incident

Our ability to manage future expenses and liabilities associated with our retirement benefits and pension 
plans

Disruptions to our business caused by extreme weather conditions

Costs and risks associated with litigation

Changes in consumer eating habits

Costs and risks associated with our intellectual property protections

Risks associated with potential infringements of the intellectual property of others

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements in this report might not 
prove to be accurate, and you should not place undue reliance on them. All forward-looking statements attributable 
to us—or people acting on our behalf—are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. 
All of these statements speak only as of the date made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise 
any forward-looking statements, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Comparisons of results between current and prior periods are not intended to express any future trends, or 

indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

As of January 31, 2017, we maintained 75 primary operating facilities, consisting of our 60 distribution 
centers and other supporting facilities. About 80% were owned and 20% were leased. Our real estate includes 
general corporate facilities in Rosemont, Illinois and Tempe, Arizona. Both of these are leased. Our properties also 
include a number of local sales offices, truck “drop-sites” and vacant land not included in the count above. In 
addition, there is a minimal amount of surplus owned or leased property not included in the count above. Leases on 
these facilities expire at various dates from 2017 to 2026, excluding the options for renewal. 

26

The following table lists our distribution facilities, by state, and their aggregate square footage. The table 

reflects our operating facilities, including distribution centers that may contain multiple locations or buildings and 
other supporting facilities. It does not include retail sales locations, other than Chef’Stores, or US Foods Culinary 
Equipment & Supply outlet locations, closed locations, vacant properties or ancillary use owned and leased 
properties, such as temporary storage, remote sales offices or parking lots. In addition, the table shows the square 
footage of our Rosemont headquarters, Tempe shared services center and four Chef’Store locations:  

Number of
Facilities

Square
Feet
371,744    
1    
317,071    
2    
1    
135,009    
4     1,261,588    
314,883    
1    
1    
239,899    
5     1,194,226    
691,017    
2    
528,295    
3    
233,784    
1    
114,250    
1    
350,859    
1    
276,003    
1    
414,963    
3    
287,356    
1    
602,947    
3    
112,070    
1    
840,519    
4    
1    
533,237    
3     1,073,375    
133,486    
1    
388,683    
3    
954,736    
3    
221,314    
2    
501,894    
3    
308,307    
1    
6     1,179,319    
2     1,134,399    
690,886    
3    
963,732    
4    
267,180    
1    
629,318    
2    
216,500    
1    
1    
220,537    
354,127    
2    
75    18,057,513    
Owned    13,792,561    
Leased     4,264,952    
320,085    
133,225    

180,937    

76%
24%

Location
Alabama
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Florida
Georgia
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Total

Headquarters: Rosemont, Illinois
Shared Services Center: Tempe, Arizona
Chef’Stores: Charlotte, North Carolina; Oklahoma
   City, Oklahoma; Columbia, South Carolina and
   Tempe, Arizona

27

 
   
     
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
     
  
   
     
  
   
     
  
Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. 

Management believes that we do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

28

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities

Our common stock began trading publicly on the NYSE under the symbol “USFD” as of May 26, 2016. Prior 
to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. As of January 31, 2017, there were 24,306 holders of 
record of our common stock. This stockholder figure does not include a substantially greater number of holders 
whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions. The following table sets forth the 
high and low intra-day sale prices per share for our common stock as reported on the NYSE for the period 
indicated:  

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016:
Second Quarter ended July 2, 2016
   (from May 26, 2016)
Third Quarter ended October 1, 2016
Fourth Quarter ended December 31, 2016

Stock Price

High

Low

  $
  $
  $

25.64   $
25.83   $
27.79   $

22.51 
22.90 
22.19  

Dividends

We have no current plans to pay future dividends on our common stock, and we have never paid any 
dividends on our common stock other than the January 2016 one-time special cash distribution discussed below. 
Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors 
and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual 
restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company 
and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In 
addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing subsidiary debt agreements and 
may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital 
Resources—Indebtedness.”

In January 2016, we paid a $666.3 million one-time special cash distribution to our stockholders, including the 

Sponsors.

Future Sales of our Common Stock 

As of January 31, 2017, the Sponsors held approximately 125,266,663 shares, or 56.67%, of our common 

stock, and have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of 
their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. 
The resale of the remaining shares held by the Sponsors is currently prohibited or otherwise restricted as a result of 
lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders with the underwriters in connection with the secondary offering 
that occurred in January 2017; however, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, these shares can be sold in 
the public market beginning 90 days after the effective date of the secondary offering or upon waiver by the 
underwriters of the remainder of the 90-day lock-up period.

Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our equity incentive plans or pursuant to 
future awards granted under those plans will become available for sale in the public market to the extent permitted 
by the provisions of applicable vesting schedules, lock-up agreements, and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the 
Securities Act.

29

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
     
  
Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

We operate on a 52-53 week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year 
occurs, the Company reports the additional week in the fiscal fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 31, 
2016, January 2, 2016, December 27, 2014, December 28, 2013, and December 29, 2012 are also referred to herein 
as fiscal years 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company’s fiscal years 2016, 2014, 2013 and 
2012 were 52-week fiscal years. The Company’s fiscal year 2015 was a 53-week fiscal year. 

The selected historical consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014, and 

the related selected balance sheet data as of fiscal years ending in 2016 and 2015, have been derived from our 
consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. The selected 
historical consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 and the selected balance sheet 
data as of fiscal years ended 2014, 2013, and 2012, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements not 
included in this Annual Report.

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion 

and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Item 7 and our consolidated financial statements 
and related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report.

30

The following tables set forth our selected financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated:

2016

Fiscal Year
2014
(In millions, except for per share data)*

2015

2013

2012

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs
Restructuring and tangible asset impairment
   charges

Total operating expenses
Operating income
Acquisition termination fees—net
Interest expense—net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:

Basic
Diluted(a)

Weighted-average number of shares used in
   per share amounts:

Basic
Diluted(a)

Other Data:
Cash flows—operating activities
Cash flows—investing activities
Cash flows—financing activities
Capital expenditures
EBITDA(b)
Adjusted EBITDA(b)
Adjusted Net income(b)
Free cash flow(b)

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets
Total debt
Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 22,919    $ 23,127    $ 23,020    $ 22,297    $ 21,665 
17,972 
3,693 

18,474     
3,823     

19,222     
3,798     

19,114     
4,013     

18,866     
4,053     

  $

  $
  $

  $

3,586     

3,650     

3,546     

3,494     

3,350 

53     
3,639     
414     
—     
229     
54     
131     
(79)    
210    $

173     
3,823     
190     
288     
285     
—     
193     
25     
168    $

—     
3,546     
252     
—     
289     
—     
(37)    
36     
(73)   $

8     
3,502     
321     
—     
306     
42     
(27)    
30     
(57)   $

9 
3,359 
334 
— 
312 
31 
(9)
42 
(51)

1.05    $
1.03    $

0.99    $
0.98    $

(0.43)   $
(0.43)   $

(0.34)   $
(0.34)   $

(0.30)
(0.30)

200.1     
204.0     

169.6     
171.1     

169.5     
169.5     

169.6     
169.6     

169.6 
169.6 

556    $
(762)    
(180)    
164     
782     
972     
321     
392     

555    $
(271)    
(110)    
187     
876     
875     
154     
368     

402    $
(118)    
(120)    
147     
664     
866     
126     
255     

322    $
(187)    
(197)    
191     
667     
845     
111     
131     

316 
(380)
103 
293 
659 
841 
129 
23  

2016

2015

As of Fiscal Year
2014

2013

2012

  $

131    $
8,944     
3,782     
2,538     

518    $
9,239     
4,745     
1,873     

344    $
9,023     
4,714     
1,622     

180    $
9,138     
4,722     
1,844     

242 
9,208 
4,759 
1,776  

(*) Amounts may not add due to rounding.
(a) When there is a loss for the applicable period, weighted average fully diluted shares outstanding was not used 

(b)

in the computation as the effect would be antidilutive.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net income are financial measures that are not in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. (“GAAP”).  These non-GAAP 
measures are used by management to measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as Net income 
(loss), plus Interest expense—net, Income tax provision (benefit), and Depreciation and amortization. 
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible asset 

31

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
impairment charges; 3) Share-based compensation expense; 4) the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve 
adjustments; 5) Loss on extinguishment of debt; 6) Pension settlements; 7) Business transformation costs; 8) 
Acquisition-related costs; 9) Acquisition termination fees—net; and 10) Other gains, losses, or charges as 
specified in USF’s debt agreements. Adjusted Net income is defined as Net income (loss) excluding the items 
used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions. 
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net income as presented in this Annual Report are supplemental 
measures of our performance that are not required by—or presented in accordance with—GAAP. They are not 
measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to Net income 
(loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

Free cash flow is defined as Cash flows provided by operating activities less Capital expenditures. Free cash 
flow is used by management as a supplemental measure of our liquidity. For additional information see Non-
GAAP reconciliations below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We provide EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net income as supplemental measures to GAAP 

regarding our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures exclude the impact of certain items 
and, therefore, have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP.

We believe EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide meaningful supplemental information about our 

operating performance because they exclude amounts that we do not consider part of our core operating results when 
assessing our performance. Items excluded from Adjusted EBITDA include Restructuring and tangible asset 
impairment charges, Loss on extinguishment of debt, Sponsor fees, Share-based compensation expense, Pension 
settlements, the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments, Business transformation costs (business costs 
associated with the redesign of systems and processes), Acquisition related costs, Acquisition termination fees—net, 
and other items as specified in our debt agreements.

We believe that Adjusted Net income is a useful measure of operating performance for both management and 

investors because it excludes items that are not reflective of our core operating performance and provides an 
additional view of our operating performance including depreciation, amortization, interest expense, and income 
taxes on a consistent basis from period to period. Adjusted Net income is Net income (loss) excluding such items as 
Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges, Loss on extinguishment of debt, Sponsor fees, Share-based 
compensation expense, Pension settlements, Business transformation costs (cost associated with redesign of systems 
and process), and other items, and adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. We believe 
that Adjusted Net income is used by investors, analysts and other interested parties to facilitate period-over-period 
comparisons and provides additional clarity as to how factors and trends impact our operating performance.

Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures (a) to evaluate our historical and prospective financial 

performance as well as our performance relative to our competitors as they assist in highlighting trends, (b) to set 
internal sales targets and spending budgets, (c) to measure operational profitability and the accuracy of forecasting, 
(d) to assess financial discipline over operational expenditures, and (e) as an important factor in determining variable 
compensation for management and employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are also used for certain covenants 
and restricted activities under our debt agreements. We also believe these non-GAAP financial measures are 
frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.

We use Free cash flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free cash flow as Cash flows 
provided by operating activities less Capital expenditures. We believe that Free cash flow is a useful financial metric 
to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is not a measure of our 
liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to Cash flows provided by operating activities.

We caution readers that amounts presented in accordance with our definitions of EBITDA, Adjusted 
EBITDA, Adjusted Net income, and Free cash flow may not be the same as similar measures used by other 
companies. Not all companies and analysts calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net income or Free 
cash flow in the same manner. We compensate for these limitations by using these non-GAAP financial measures as 
supplements to GAAP financial measures and by presenting the reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures 
to their most comparable GAAP financial measures.

32

The following table reconciles EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net income and Free cash flow to the 

most directly comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures for the periods indicated:

Net income (loss)
Interest expense—net
Income tax (benefit) provision
Depreciation and amortization expense
EBITDA
Adjustments:

Sponsor fees(1)
Restructuring and tangible asset impairment
   charges(2)
Share-based compensation expense(3)
Net LIFO reserve change(4)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(5)
Pension settlements(6)
Business transformation costs(7)
Acquisition related costs(8)
Acquisition termination fees—net(9)
Other(10)

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation and amortization expense
Interest expense—net
Income tax provision, as adjusted(11)

Adjusted Net income
Free cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities
Capital expenditures
Free cash flow

2016

2015

Fiscal Year
2014
(In millions)*

2013

2012

  $

210    $
229     
(79)    
421     
782     

168    $
285     
25     
399     
877     

(73)   $
289     
36     
412     
664     

(57)   $
306     
30     
388     
667     

(51)
312 
42 
356 
659 

36     

10     

10     

10     

10 

53     
18     
(18)    
54     
—     
37     
1     
—     
10     
972     
(421)    
(229)    
(1)    
321    $

556    $
164     
392    $

173     
16     
(74)    
—     
—     
46     
85     
(288)    
31     
875     
(399)    
(285)    
(37)    
154    $

555    $
187     
368    $

—     
12     
60     
—     
2     
54     
38     
—     
26     
866     
(412)    
(289)    
(39)    
126    $

402    $
147     
255    $

8     
8     
12     
42     
2     
61     
4     
—     
31     
845     
(388)    
(306)    
(40)    
111    $

322    $
191     
131    $

9 
4 
13 
31 
18 
75 
— 
— 
22 
841 
(356)
(312)
(44)
129 

316 
293 
23  

  $

  $

  $

(*) Amounts may not add due to rounding.
(1) Consists of fees paid to the Sponsors for consulting and management advisory services. On June 1, 2016, the 

consulting agreements with each of the Sponsors were terminated for an aggregate termination fee of $31 
million.

(2) Consists primarily of facility related closing costs, including severance and related costs, tangible asset 
impairment charges, organizational realignment costs and estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal 
liabilities and settlements.
Share-based compensation expense for vesting of stock awards and share purchase plan.

(3)
(4) Represents the non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments.
(5)

Includes fees paid to debt holders, third party costs, the write off of certain pre-existing unamortized deferred 
financing costs related to the 2016, 2013 and 2012 debt refinancing transactions; early redemption premium 
and the write-off of unamortized issue premium related to the June 2016 debt refinancing; and the loss related 
to the September 2016 defeasance of the commercial mortgage backed securities (the “CMBS Fixed 
Facility”). See Note 11, Debt in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of the 2016 debt 
transactions. 

(6) Consists of settlement charges resulting from lump-sum payments to retirees and former employees 

participating in several USF-sponsored pension plans.

(7) Consists primarily of costs related to significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions.
(8) Consists of costs related to the Acquisition, including certain employee retention costs.
(9) Consists of net fees received in connection with the termination of the agreement and plan of merger dated 

December 8, 2013 (the “Acquisition Agreement”) with Sysco Corporation, through which Sysco would have 

33

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
acquired US Foods (the “Acquisition”). See Note 1, Overview and Basis of Presentation in our consolidated 
financial statements. 

(10) Other includes gains, losses or charges as specified under USF’s debt agreements.
(11) Represents our income tax (provision) benefit adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from 

Adjusted Net income and the removal of applicable discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include 
changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, discrete changes in 
valuation allowances, and the tax benefits recognized in continuing operations due to the existence of a gain in 
Other comprehensive income and loss in continuing operations. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from 
Adjusted Net income is computed using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent 
differences and valuation allowances. We released the valuation allowance against federal and certain state net 
deferred tax assets in fiscal year 2016. We were required to reflect the portion of the valuation allowance 
release related to current year ordinary income in the estimated annual effective tax rate and the portion of the 
valuation allowance release related to future years’ income discretely in fiscal year 2016. We maintained a 
valuation allowance against federal and state net deferred tax assets in fiscal years 2012 through 2015. The 
result was an immaterial tax effect related to pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net income in the fiscal 
years 2012 through 2016.

A reconciliation between the GAAP income tax benefit (provision) and the income tax provision, as adjusted, 

is as follows:

GAAP Income tax benefit (provision)
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
Discrete tax items
Income tax provision, as adjusted

2016

2015

Fiscal Year
2014

2013

2012

  $

  $

79    $
—     
(80)    
(1)   $

(25)   $
—     
(12)    
(37)   $

(36)   $
—     
(3)    
(39)   $

(30)   $
—     
(10)    
(40)   $

(42)
— 
(2)
(44)

34

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read 
together with “Selected Financial Data,” in Part II, Item 6 of our consolidated financial statements and related notes 
contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. In addition to historical consolidated financial information contained 
herein, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs and involve 
numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to those described in the “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 
1A of this Annual Report. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking 
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere 
in this Annual Report, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

The following discussion of our results includes certain financial measures not required by—or presented in 

accordance with—GAAP. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental 
information about our operating performance, because they exclude amounts that our management and board of 
directors do not consider part of core operating results when assessing our performance and underlying trends. More 
information on the rationale for these measures is discussed in non-GAAP Reconciliations in “Item 6. Selected 
Financial Data” of this Annual Report.

Accounting Periods

We operate on a 52-53 week fiscal year with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year 

occurs, we report the additional week in the fourth quarter. Fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2014 were 52-week fiscal years. 
Fiscal 2015 was a 53-week fiscal year. 

Overview

With Net sales of $23 billion in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, we are the second largest 
foodservice distributor in the United States with a 2016 market share of approximately 8%. The U.S. foodservice 
distribution industry is large, fragmented and growing, with total industry sales of approximately $280 billion in 
2016.

U.S. foodservice distribution is a competitive and fragmented industry, with over 15,000 foodservice 
distributors, of various types and sizes, serving the food-away-from-home market. In addition, there is competitive 
pressure from cash and carry retail stores, and club stores and new market entrants.

Our mission is to be First in Food. We strive to inspire and empower chefs and foodservice operators to bring 

great food experiences to consumers. This mission is supported by our strategy of Great Food. Made Easy. This 
strategy centers on providing a broad and innovative offering of high-quality products to our customers, as well as a 
comprehensive suite of industry-leading e-commerce, technology and business solutions.

We have significant scale and an efficient operating model. We supply approximately 250,000 customer 
locations nationwide. These customer locations include independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, 
regional restaurant concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, 
government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations. We provide approximately 
400,000 fresh, frozen, and dry food stock-keeping units, or SKUs, as well as non-food items, sourced from over 
5,000 suppliers. Our more than 4,000 sales associates manage customer relationships at local, regional, and national 
levels. They are supported by sophisticated marketing and category management capabilities, as well as a sales 
support team that includes world-class chefs and restaurant operations consultants. Our extensive network of 60 
distribution facilities and fleet of approximately 6,000 trucks allow us to operate efficiently and provide high levels 
of customer service.

Termination of Sysco Acquisition Agreement

In December 2013, we entered into the Acquisition Agreement. Following the failure to obtain regulatory 
approvals, the Acquisition Agreement was subsequently terminated on June 26, 2015. This 18-month period was 
challenging for our business. Sales growth slowed as many potential new customers were hesitant to switch their 

35

business to us during this period of uncertainty. During this time, we remained focused on our strategy by bringing 
innovative products to market, expanding our portfolio of business solutions for our customers and driving 
advancements in technology. As it became apparent that obtaining regulatory approval would be more challenging 
than expected, we began to see a recovery of sales momentum, particularly with our independent restaurant 
customers. Following the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, this momentum has continued to build.

Industry

During 2016, the U.S. foodservice distribution industry grew at 1.7%, according to Technomic (February 
2017).  Within the industry, there have been mixed results as different customer types have varying sizes and growth 
profiles, as well as differing product and service requirements.  Independent restaurants, a customer type of strategic 
focus, grew during the year, while national chains, on a same-store chain basis, experienced declines.  We believe 
we have capitalized on innovative product offerings and our e-commerce and technology solutions to grow our mix 
with this customer type, and make gains in this area of our strategy.  Consistent with the market trends, we 
experienced declines with national chain customers; however, much of our declines resulted from strategically 
planned exits from certain national chain business.  

Performance Highlights and Initiatives

Our case volume in 2016 increased 1.4%, but on a comparable basis, excluding the 53rd week in 2015 (the 
“extra week”), case volume was up 2.9%.  We also experienced organic independent restaurant case growth and 
growth with other strategic customer types, as well as growth due to acquisitions. Net sales declined $208 million, or 
0.9%, year over year; however, excluding the extra week, Net sales increased $141 million or 0.6%. The case 
growth and related increase in Net sales, excluding the extra week in 2015, was partially offset by significant 
deflation during the year and product mix shifts.   

Gross profit increased $40 million or 1.0% to $4.1 billion in 2016. In 2015, the impact of the extra week was 

estimated to increase gross profit by approximately $60 million.  As a percentage of Net sales gross profit was 
17.7%, up 0.3% from 17.4% in the prior year period.  Margin expansion initiatives were partially offset by the 
adverse impacts of the year over year LIFO reserve changes.  

Total operating expenses decreased $184 million or 4.8% to $3.6 billion in 2016. In 2015, the impact of the 

extra week was estimated to increase operating expenses by approximately $50 million.  We continue to execute our 
cost reduction initiatives including (1) the completion of our field reorganization, which enables us to more 
efficiently manage multiple distribution centers from a hub and region structure, and (2) the closure of our Baltimore 
distribution facility, which transferred volume to lower cost distribution facilities.  These actions reflect our 
continued focus on having an efficient and effective organization model.   

 In late 2016, we launched two new initiatives, including centralization of certain field procurement and 

replenishment activities, and a corporate and administrative cost reduction program.  The corporate and 
administrative cost reduction program focused on streamlining the organization, through creating greater spans of 
control and expanded use of business shared services.  We expect the procurement actions to be completed during 
2017, with realization of benefits in product costs and logistics savings resulting from more effective management of 
procurement and replenishment activities. We expect the savings for the corporate and administrative cost reduction 
programs to be realized over the next 12 – 18 months.  

Our results for fiscal 2016 reflect steady execution of our growth strategy, as evidenced by case volume 

growth, improving gross margin, and expense productivity improvements.  

36

Outlook

With favorable trends in consumer confidence and the unemployment rate, we expect positive industry growth 

in 2017.  General economic trends and conditions, including demographic changes, inflation, deflation, consumer 
confidence, and disposable income, coupled with changing tastes and preferences, influence the amount that 
consumers spend on food-away-from-home, which can affect our customers and in turn our sales. On balance, we 
believe that these general trends will support positive real growth in food-away-from-home consumption and the 
growth of foodservice industry sales, particularly in our target customer types. We expect competitive pressures to 
remain high and a continuation of the deflationary environment into 2017. Given that a large portion of our business 
is based on markups over cost, sudden inflation or prolonged deflation can negatively impact our sales and gross 
profit.  We expect sales to our independent restaurant customers, which generally have higher margins, to continue 
to be an increasing proportion of our sales mix. Favorable customer mix, additional volume from acquisitions, as 
well as other merchandising initiatives, have contributed to our ability to expand our margins during a deflationary 
environment.  Additionally, we believe our investments in a common technology platform, efficient transactional 
and operational model, e-commerce and analytic tools that support our team-based selling approach, coupled with 
merchandising and product innovation, have enabled us to leverage our costs, maintain our sales, and differentiate 
ourselves from our competitors.

We will remain focused on executing our growth strategies, adding value for and differentiating ourselves 

with our customers, and driving continued operational improvement in the business.

37

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for the last three fiscal 

years:

Consolidated Statements of Operations:
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs
Restructuring and tangible asset impairment
   charges

Total operating expenses
Operating income
Acquisition termination fees - net
Interest expense - net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Income (loss) before income taxes
Income tax (benefit) provision
Net income (loss)
Percentage of Net Sales:

Gross profit
Distribution, selling and administrative costs
Operating expense
Operating income
Net income (loss)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Other Data:

Cash flows—operating activities
Cash flows—investing activities
Cash flows—financing activities
Capital Expenditures
EBITDA(1)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted Net income(1)
Free cash flow(1)

2016

Fiscal Year
2015
(In millions)*

2014

 $ 22,919 
18,866 
4,053 

 $ 23,127 
19,114 
4,013 

 $ 23,020 
19,222 
3,798 

3,586 

3,650 

3,546 

53 
3,639 
414 
- 
229 
54 
131 
(79)   
 $
210 

17.7%  
15.6%  
15.9%  
1.8%  
0.9%  
4.2%  

556 
 $
(762)   
(180)   
164 
782 
972 
321 
392 

173 
3,823 
190 
288 
285 
— 
193 
25 
168 

 $

17.4%  
15.8%  
16.5%  
0.8%  
0.7%  
3.8%  

 $
555 
(271)   
(110)   
187 
876 
875 
154 
368 

— 
3,546 
252 
— 
289 
— 
(37)
36 
(73)

16.5%
15.4%
15.4%
1.1%
(0.3)%
3.8%

402 
(118)
(120)
147 
664 
866 
126 
255  

 $

 $

(*) Amounts may not add due to rounding.
(1)

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net income are non-GAAP measures used by management to 
measure operating performance. EBITDA is defined as Net income (loss), plus Interest expense—net, Income 
tax provision (benefit), and Depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted 
for 1) Sponsor fees; 2) Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges; 3) Share-based compensation 
expense; 4) the non-cash impact of LIFO reserve adjustments; 5) Loss on extinguishment of debt; 6) Pension 
settlements; 7) Business transformation costs; 8) Acquisition-related costs; 9) Acquisition termination fees—
net; and 10) Other gains, losses, or charges as specified in USF’s debt agreements. Adjusted Net income is 
defined as Net income (loss) excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further 
adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net income as 
presented in this are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by—or presented in 
accordance with—GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be 
considered as alternatives to Net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with 
GAAP.

38

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Free cash flow is defined as Cash flows provided by operating activities less Capital expenditures. Free cash 
flow is used by management as a supplemental measure of our liquidity. We believe that Free cash flow is a 
useful financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free cash flow is 
not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to Cash flows 
provided by operating activities.

See additional information for the use of these measures and non-GAAP reconciliations in “Item 6. Selected 

Financial Data”.

Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016

Highlights

•

•

•

•

•

Case volume increased 1.4%. Independent restaurant case volume increased 4.7%. Excluding the extra 
week in 2015, case volume increased 2.9% and independent restaurant case volume increased 6.4%. 

Net sales decreased $208 million, or 0.9%, to $22,919 million. Excluding the extra week in 2015, Net 
sales increased $141 million, or 0.6%.

Operating income increased $224 million, or 117.9%, to $414 million in 2016. As a percentage of Net 
sales, Operating income increased to 1.8% in 2016, compared to 0.8% in 2015.

Net income increased $42 million, or 25.4% to $210 million. As a percentage of Net Sales, Net income 
increased to 0.9% in 2016, compared to 0.7% in 2015. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased to $972 million in 2016 from $875 million in 2015. As a percentage of Net 
sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased to 4.2% in 2016, compared to 3.8% in 2015.

Fiscal 2016 included 52 weeks while fiscal 2015 included 53 weeks. Comparisons herein are provided 
excluding the extra week to provide comparable 52-week results on a year over year basis. Case growth, by 
customer type (e.g. independent restaurants) is reported as of a point in time. Customers periodically are reclassified, 
based on changes in size or other characteristics, and when those changes occur, the respective customer’s historical 
volume follows their new classification. 

Net Sales

Total case growth in 2016 was 1.4%. Excluding the extra week, total case growth was 2.9%.  These increases 
reflected growth with independent restaurants, education and hospitality customers, partially offset by planned exits 
from national chains.  Organic case volume declined 0.2%.  Organic case volume, excluding the extra week, 
increased 1.3% as case growth from independent restaurants, education, and hospitality customers was partially 
offset by planned national chain exits.  Independent restaurant case growth was 4.7%, with organic independent 
restaurant case growth contributing 2.7%.  Excluding the extra week, independent restaurant case growth was 
approximately 6.4% over the prior year, with organic growth, excluding the extra week, of approximately 4.5%.    

Net sales decreased $208 million, or 0.9% to $22,919 million in 2016. Excluding the extra week, Net sales 
increased $141 million, which was comprised of a 2.9%, or $673 million, increase in case volume, and a 2.3%, or 
$531 million, reduction in the overall rate per case.  Acquisitions increased Net sales by approximately $290 
million, or 1.3%.  Sales of private brands represented approximately 33% and 32% of organic sales in 2016 and 
2015, respectively.  

The overall rate per case decline of 2.3%, compared to 2015 reflects a continuation of the deflationary 

environment and product mix changes. Approximately 1.6% of the decline is attributed to deflation in several 
commodity categories, particularly in beef and dairy, with mix shifts driving the remainder. Changes in product 
costs impact Net sales since a significant portion of our business is based on markups over cost. Product mix 
changes include impacts from our Freshway produce company acquisition. Freshway is a produce distributor with 
annual sales of approximately $130 million. Produce, as a category, has lower selling prices per case than our 
average, which brings down our average selling price per case. Mix changes also include the transition away from 
certain national chain customers whose purchases were concentrated in certain protein categories.

39

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $40 million, or 1.0%, to $4,053 million in 2016. The impact of the extra week on Gross 

profit in 2015 was estimated to be approximately $60 million. As a percentage of Net sales, Gross profit increased 
0.3% to 17.7% in 2016 from 17.4% in 2015.  Higher case volumes, combined with margin improvement and 
merchandising initiatives, reduced our product costs, and increased Gross profit as a percent of Net sales by 0.6%.  
These increases to Gross profit as a percent of Net sales were partially offset by the adverse impact of our LIFO 
reserve changes.  Our LIFO method of inventory costing decreased Gross profit by $56 million or 0.2% as a percent 
of Net sales. Deflationary trends resulted in a LIFO benefit of $18 million in 2016, compared to a benefit of $74 
million in 2015. 

Distribution, Selling and Administrative Costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs decreased $64 million, or 1.8%, to $3,586 million in 2016. The 

impact of the extra week on Distribution, selling and administrative costs is estimated to be approximately $50 
million. As a percentage of Net sales, Distribution, selling and administrative costs decreased 0.2%, to 15.6% in 
2016 from 15.8% in 2015. The decrease of $64 million included $37 million of lower wages and other benefits, 
which primarily resulted from the non-recurrence of certain 2015 retention payments related to the Acquisition, that  
were partially offset in 2016 by increased headcount from acquisitions and other employee related costs.  The 
decrease also included lower distribution expenses of $26 million, driven primarily by fuel savings, a $24 million 
decrease from the non-recurrence of consulting fees related to the Acquisition, a $15 million net benefit related to an 
improvement in litigation settlements and $14 million of favorable experience in self-insurance expenses.  These 
improvements were partially offset by the $31 million termination fee paid to our Sponsors in 2016, and a $22 
million increase in depreciation and amortization expense, primarily related to fleet assets and additional intangible 
asset amortization from acquisitions. 

Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges

Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges decreased $120 million, or 69.4%, to $53 million in 

2016. During fiscal year 2016, we incurred a net charge of $53 million associated with our plan to streamline our 
field operations model, the closure of the Baltimore, Maryland distribution facility, and certain other corporate and 
administrative cost reduction initiatives. Included in the charge was a benefit of $4 million related to a favorable 
settlement, during the fourth quarter of 2016, of substantially all of our multiemployer pension withdrawal 
liabilities, related to previously closed facilities, including Baltimore.  Finally, we also incurred $3 million related to 
a lease termination settlement, which is included in the $53 million net charge.

During 2015, we recognized $85 million of costs related to the field reorganization and Baltimore, Maryland 
distribution facility closure. The field reorganization costs of approximately $30 million, were primarily comprised 
of employee separation costs. The Baltimore closure costs of approximately $55 million were comprised of $50 
million for estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities and $5 million related to other employee 
separation and related costs. The estimated multiemployer pension cost was based on the latest available information 
received from the respective plans’ administrator and represented an estimate for a calendar year 2015 withdrawal. 

During 2015, we also reached a settlement with the Central States Teamsters Union Pension Plan (“Central 

States”). The settlement relieved our participation in the “legacy” pool and settled the related legacy multiemployer 
pension withdrawal liability, and commenced us as a new employer in the “hybrid” pool of the Central States 
Teamsters Southeast and Southwest Area Pension Fund (“Central States Plan”). The payment also included the 
settlement of certain other Central States multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities relating to facilities closed 
prior to 2015 and the related Eagan Minnesota labor dispute. The settlement resulted in a restructuring charge of $88 
million representing the excess of the $97 million cash payment over the aforementioned prior liabilities related to 
these previously closed facilities.

40

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, comprised of Distribution, selling, and administrative costs and Restructuring and 
tangible asset impairment charges, decreased $184 million, or 4.8% to $3,639 million. Excluding the extra week, 
Operating expenses decreased $136 million, or 3.6%. Operating expenses as a percent of Net sales were 15.9% for 
2016, down from 16.5% in 2015. The change was due to the factors discussed in the relevant sections above.

Operating Income

Operating income increased $224 million, or 117.9%, to $414 million in 2016. Operating income as a 
percentage of Net sales increased 100% to 1.8% for 2016, up from 0.8% in 2015. The change was due to the factors 
discussed above.

Acquisition Termination Fees—Net

Fiscal 2015 included net Acquisition termination fee income of $288 million, comprised of $300 million paid 
to us in connection with the termination of the Acquisition Agreement offset in part by a $12.5 million termination 
fee paid by us in connection with the termination of the related asset purchase agreement. See Note 1, Overview and 
Basis of Presentation in our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Expense—Net

Interest expense—net, of $229 million was $56 million lower in 2016, primarily due to the redemption and 

refinancing of debt in June of 2016 and the defeasance of the CMBS Fixed Facility in September of 2016.  The $56 
million decrease also included favorability of $5 million from additional interest expense in the prior year due to the 
extra week.  See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements.

Loss on Extinguishment of debt

As discussed in Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements, USF incurred a $54 million loss on 

extinguishment of debt in 2016. Approximately $42 million of the loss related to the June 2016 debt redemption and 
refinancing. The remaining $12 million resulted from the defeasance of the CMBS Fixed Facility.

Income Taxes

The determination of our overall effective tax rate requires the use of estimates. The effective tax rate reflects 

the income earned and taxed in various United States federal and state jurisdictions based on enacted tax law, 
permanent differences between book and tax items, tax credits and our change in relative income in each 
jurisdiction.

We released the valuation allowance against our federal net deferred tax assets and certain of our state net 

deferred tax assets in 2016 as we determined it was more likely than not the deferred tax assets would be realized. 
We maintained a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expected to 
expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the carryforward period or the utilization of 
which is subject to limitation. The decision to release the valuation allowance was made after management 
considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, including but not limited to, historical operating 
results, cumulative income in recent years, forecasted earnings, and a reduction of uncertainty regarding forecasted 
earnings as a result of developments in certain customer and strategic initiatives during 2016.

41

The effective tax rate for 2016 and 2015 of (60)% and 13%, respectively, varied from the 35% federal 

statutory rate, primarily as a result of a change in the valuation allowance. During 2016 and 2015, the valuation 
allowance decreased $128 million and $48 million, respectively. The decrease in the valuation allowance for 2016 
was primarily the result of the year to date ordinary income and the partial release of the valuation allowance. The 
decrease in the valuation allowance for 2015 was primarily the result of the year to date ordinary income, partially 
offset by an increase in the valuation allowance due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite-
lived intangibles. The year to date ordinary income for 2015 was impacted by the $288 million net termination fee 
received pursuant to the terminated Acquisition Agreement.   See Note 20, Income Taxes, in our consolidated 
financial statements for a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate.

Net Income

Our Net income was $210 million in 2016, compared to $168 million in 2015. The increase in Net income is 

due to the factors discussed above.

Fiscal Years Ended January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014

Highlights 

•

•

•

•

•

Case volume increased 1.0%.  Independent restaurant case volume increased 5.7%. Excluding the extra 
week in 2015, case volume decreased 0.5% and independent restaurant case volume increased 4.0%.

Net sales increased $107 million, or 0.5% to $23,127 million. Excluding the extra week in 2015, Net 
sales decreased by $243 million, or 1.1%.

Operating income decreased $62 million, or 24.6% to $190 million in 2015. As a percentage of Net 
sales, Operating income decreased to 0.8% in 2015, compared to 1.1% in 2014. 

Net income increased $241 million to $168 million in 2015, compared to a Net loss of $73 million in 
2014. As a percentage of Net sales, Net income was 0.7% in 2015, compared to (0.3%) in 2014.

Adjusted EBITDA increased to $875 million in 2015 from $866 million in 2014. As a percentage of Net 
sales, Adjusted EBITDA was 3.8% in both the 2015 and 2014 periods.

Fiscal 2015 included 53 weeks while fiscal 2014 included 52 weeks. Comparisons herein are provided 
excluding the extra week to provide comparable 52-week results on a year over year basis.  Case growth, by 
customer type (e.g. independent restaurants) is reported as of a point in time. Customers periodically are reclassified, 
based on changes in size or other characteristics, and when those changes occur, the respective customer’s historical 
volume follows their new classification. 

Net Sales

Net sales increased $107 million, or 0.5%, to $23,127 million in 2015, compared to 2014. Case volume 

increased 1% in 2015, compared to 2014. The impact of the extra week on Net sales was estimated to be a 1.5% 
increase in case volume or approximately $350 million. Excluding the estimated impact of the extra week in 2015, 
Net sales decreased by 1.1% as a result of a 0.5% decline in case volume and a 0.6% reduction in overall price per 
case. The decline in case volume and price per case decreased Net sales by $106 million and $136 million, 
respectively.

Restaurant case volume changes were relatively consistent with total case volume changes; however, within 

restaurants we experienced a recovery in independent restaurant customer growth as merger uncertainty lifted, 
which was offset by declines in national chain customers partly as a result of our exit from serving certain national 
chain customers in 2015, compared to 2014. Independent restaurant customer case growth, excluding the extra 
week, was 4.0%. Total case volume was negatively impacted by approximately 1.6% as a result of no longer serving 
the previously noted national chain customers. Sales of private brand products represented approximately 32% of 
total sales in both 2015 and 2014.

42

The overall price per case decline of 0.6% reflects the deflationary environment in 2015. Inflation earlier in 

2015 shifted to deflation through much of 2015. Changes in product cost impact Net sales since a significant portion 
of our business is based on markups over cost.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $215 million, or 5.7%, to $4,013 million in 2015. As a percentage of Net sales, Gross 
profit increased by 0.9% to 17.4% in 2015 from 16.5% in 2014. Our LIFO inventory costing increased Gross profit 
by $134 million or 3.5%, compared to the prior year. Fiscal 2015 had a LIFO benefit of $74 million, compared to a 
LIFO charge of $60 million in 2014, driven by product deflation through much of 2015, compared to inflation in 
2014. Product categories experiencing cost inflation in 2015 included beef, while areas of more significant deflation 
included cheese, pork, and seafood. The impact of the extra week on Gross profit in 2015 was estimated to be an 
increase of approximately $60 million. Excluding the estimated impact of the extra week in 2015, Gross profit 
increased approximately 4.1%, compared to 2014. Additionally, merchandising initiatives, including efforts to 
reduce product costs through vendor management and other margin improvement initiatives, increased Gross profit 
by 1.1% over fiscal 2014 while lower sales volume reduced Gross profit by 0.5%, compared to fiscal 2014.

Distribution, Selling and Administrative Costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased $104 million, or 2.9%, to $3,650 million in 2015. As a 
percentage of Net sales, Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased 0.4% to 15.8% in 2015 from 15.4% 
in 2014. The increase was due to $47 million of higher Acquisition-related costs, a $49 million increase in salaries 
and wages, an $11 million increase in our pension and other postretirement benefit costs, which were impacted by 
the 2014 year end re-measurement, reflecting lower discount rates, and the 2014 year end mortality table updates 
related to our Company-sponsored benefit plans (see “—Retirement Plans” below), $16 million in legal settlement 
costs, and $16 million of brand re-launch and related marketing costs. These were partially offset by $24 million of 
lower fuel expenses, driven by declining fuel prices, a $12 million decrease in depreciation and amortization 
expense, primarily related to information technology and fleet assets, and a net insurance benefit of $11 million 
related to a prior year facility tornado loss. The impact of the extra week on Distribution, selling and administrative 
costs is estimated to be approximately $50 million. Excluding the estimated impact of the extra week in 2015, 
Distribution, selling and administrative costs increased approximately 1.5%, compared to 2014.

Restructuring and Tangible Asset Impairment Charges

During 2015, we incurred Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges of $173 million consisting 
primarily of $85 million of costs related to the field reorganization and Baltimore, Maryland distribution facility and 
$88 million due to the Central States settlement.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, comprised of Distribution, selling, and administrative costs and Restructuring and 

tangible asset impairment charges, increased $277 million, or 7.8% to $3,823 million. Operating expenses as a 
percent of Net sales were 16.5% in 2015, up from 15.4% in 2014. The change was due to the factors discussed in the 
relevant sections above.

Operating Income

Operating income decreased $62 million, or 24.6%, to $190 million in 2015. Operating income as a percent of 

Net sales decreased 0.3% to 0.8% for 2015, down from 1.1% in 2014. The change was due to the factors discussed 
above.

43

Acquisition Termination Fees—Net

Fiscal 2015 included net Acquisition termination fee income of $288 million, comprised of $300 million paid 
to us in connection with the termination of the Acquisition Agreement offset in part by a $12.5 million termination 
fee paid by us in connection with the termination of the related asset purchase agreement.

Interest Expense—Net

Interest expense—net decreased $4 million to $285 million in 2015. The decrease related primarily to certain 

deferred financing fees associated with our 2007 acquisition being fully amortized during the second quarter of 
2015, partially offset by approximately $5 million of additional interest expense due to the extra week in 2015.

Income Taxes

We recorded Income tax provisions of $25 million and $36 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively. The 
effective tax rate of 13% for 2015 was primarily affected by a $48 million decrease in the valuation allowance and 
deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite-lived intangibles, which are generally not considered a source of support 
for realization of the net deferred tax asset. The effective tax rate of 97% for 2014 was primarily affected by a $55 
million increase in the valuation allowance and deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite-lived intangibles and an 
$8 million increase in deferred tax assets related to additional income tax credits. The difference between the $48 
million decrease in the valuation allowance and deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite-lived intangibles in 2015, 
compared to an increase of $55 million in 2014 was primarily the result of income received in connection with the 
Acquisition Agreement termination fee in 2015 and an increase in valuation allowance related to the increase in 
deferred tax assets for additional income tax credits in 2014. See Note 20, Income Taxes, in our consolidated 
financial statements for a reconciliation of our effective tax rates to the statutory rate.

Net Income (Loss)

Our Net income was $168 million in 2015, compared to a Net loss of $73 million in 2014. The increase in Net 

income is due to the factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment. Our resources include cash 
provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings, various types of debt, and other financing 
arrangements.

Indebtedness

We have scheduled debt maturities during the next five years and a substantial portion of our liquidity needs 

arise from debt service requirements, and from the ongoing costs of operations, working capital, and capital 
expenditures. As discussed below, we used the net proceeds from our IPO to pay down debt.

In June 2016, we issued 51,111,111 shares of common stock pursuant to our IPO for a cash offering price of 
$23.00 per share ($21.9075 per share net of underwriter discounts and commissions and before offering expenses), 
including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to purchase 6,666,667 additional shares. We used the 
net proceeds from the IPO of $1,114 million (after the payment of underwriter discounts and commissions and 
offering expenses) to repay $1,090 million principal amount, and $23 million early redemption premium, of the 
8.5% unsecured senior notes due June 30, 2019 (the “Old Senior Notes”).

Subsequently, USF entered into a series of transactions to refinance the $2,042 million principal amount of its 

senior secured term loan dated as of May 11, 2011 (the “Amended 2011 Term Loan”), and redeem the remaining 
$258 million in principal amount of its Old Senior Notes. The aggregate principal outstanding of the Amended 2011 
Term Loan was increased to $2,200 million pursuant to USF entering into the Amended and Restated 2016 Term 
Loan. Additionally, USF issued $600 million principal of the 2016 Senior Notes.

44

In September 2016, USF, through a wholly owned subsidiary, legally defeased its CMBS Fixed Facility, 
scheduled to mature on August 1, 2017. The CMBS Fixed Facility, had an outstanding balance of $471 million, net 
of unamortized deferred financing costs of $1 million. The cash outlay for the defeasance of $485 million 
represented the purchase price of U.S. government securities that would generate sufficient cash flow to fund 
interest payments from the effective date of the defeasance through, and including the repayment of, the $472 
million principal for the CMBS Fixed Facility on February 1, 2017, the earliest date the loan could be prepaid. The 
defeasance resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $12 million consisting of the difference 
between the purchase price of the U.S. government securities, not attributable to accrued interest through the 
effective date of the defeasance – and the outstanding principal of the CMBS Fixed Facility, and other costs of $1 
million, consisting of unamortized deferred financing costs and other third party costs.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $3,782 million in aggregate indebtedness outstanding, net of $20 million of 

unamortized deferred financing costs.

Our primary financing sources for working capital and capital expenditures are the ABL Facility and the 2012 

ABS Facility. As of December 31, 2016, we had aggregate commitments for additional borrowings under the ABL 
Facility and the 2012 ABS Facility of $1,019 million, of which $882 million was available based on our borrowing 
base, all of which was secured.

The ABL Facility provides for loans of up to $1,300 million, with its capacity limited by borrowing base 
calculations. As of December 31, 2016, we had $30 million of outstanding borrowings and had issued letters of 
credit totaling $406 million under the ABL Facility. There was available capacity on the ABL Facility of $861 
million at December 31, 2016, based on the borrowing base calculation.

Under the 2012 ABS Facility, USF sells, on a revolving basis, its eligible receivables to a wholly owned, 

special purpose, bankruptcy remote subsidiary. This subsidiary, in turn, grants to the administrative agent, for the 
benefit of the lenders, a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible receivables (as 
defined by the 2012 ABS Facility). See Note 6, Accounts Receivable Financing Program, in our consolidated 
financial statements. The maximum capacity under the 2012 ABS Facility is $800 million, with its capacity limited 
by borrowing base calculations. Borrowings under the 2012 ABS Facility were $645 million at December 31, 2016. 
At its option, USF can request additional 2012 ABS Facility borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided 
sufficient eligible receivables are available as collateral. There was available capacity on the 2012 ABS Facility of 
$21 million at December 31, 2016, based on the borrowing base calculation.

The Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan had outstanding borrowings, as of December 31, 2016 of $2,176 

million, net of $13 million of unamortized deferred financing costs. The Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan 
bears interest of 3.75%, the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) floor of 0.75% plus 3.00%, at December 
31, 2016, and matures on June 27, 2023. As discussed in Note 25, Subsequent Events, in our consolidated financial 
statements, on February 17, 2017, the Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan was further amended, whereby the 
interest rate spread on outstanding borrowings was reduced 25 basis points, and fixed at ABR plus 1.75% or LIBOR 
plus 2.75%, with a LIBOR floor of 0.75%. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had $593 million outstanding of 2016 Senior Notes, net of $7 million of 
unamortized deferred financing costs. The 2016 Senior Notes bear interest of 5.875% and mature on June 15, 
2024. On or after June 15, 2019, the 2016 Senior Notes are redeemable, at USF’s option, in whole or in part at a 
price of 102.938% of their principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after 
June 15, 2020 and June 15, 2021, the optional redemption price for the 2016 Senior Notes declines to 101.469% and 
100.0%, respectively, of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
Prior to June 15, 2019, up to 40% of the 2016 Senior Notes may be redeemed with the aggregate proceeds from 
equity offerings, as defined in the 2016 Senior Notes indenture, at a redemption premium of 105.875%.

In January 2015, USF entered into a self-funded industrial revenue bond agreement providing for the issuance 

of a maximum of $40 million in taxable demand revenue bonds (the “TRBs”) that provide certain tax incentives 
related to the construction of a new distribution facility. As of December 31, 2016, $22 million has been drawn on 
the TRBs resulting in $22 million being recognized as a long-term asset and a corresponding long-term liability in 

45

our Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of December 31, 2016, USF also had $306 million of obligations under capital 
leases for transportation equipment and building leases.

USF’s June 2016 debt refinancings extended maturities of debt facilities and lowered borrowing costs. USF’s 

largest debt facilities will mature in 2023 and 2024 with scheduled principal payments of $2.1 billion and $600 
million, respectively. As economic conditions permit, we will consider further opportunities to repurchase, refinance 
or otherwise reduce our debt obligations on favorable terms. Any further potential debt reduction or refinancing 
could require significant use of our liquidity and capital resources. For a detailed description of USF’s indebtedness, 
see Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the combination of cash generated from operations—together with availability under our debt 

agreements and other financing arrangements—will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, 
ongoing costs of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.

Our future financial and operating performance, ability to service or refinance our debt, and ability to comply 
with covenants and restrictions contained in our debt agreements will be subject to: (1) future economic conditions, 
(2) the financial health of our customers and suppliers, and (3) financial, business and other factors—many of which 
are beyond our control.

Every quarter, we review rating agency changes for all of the lenders that have a continuing obligation to 
provide us with funding. We are not aware of any facts that indicate our lenders will not be able to comply with the 
contractual terms of their agreements with us. We continue to monitor the credit markets generally and the strength 
of our lender counterparties.

From time to time, we repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or 
otherwise improve our balance sheet. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases, 
and other retirements of outstanding debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, 
will depend on market conditions, our debt trading levels, our cash position, and other considerations. The Sponsors 
or their affiliates may also purchase our debt from time to time, through open market purchases or other 
transactions. In these cases, our debt is not retired, and we would continue to pay interest in accordance with the 
terms of the related debt agreements.

USF’s credit facilities, loan agreements, and indentures contain customary covenants. These include, among 
other things, covenants that restrict USF’s ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on 
assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. As of December 31, 2016, USF had $484 million of 
restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately $2,050 million of its net assets were restricted 
after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.

Certain debt agreements also contain customary events of default. Those include, without limitation, the 
failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of 
representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true, and certain insolvency events. If a default 
event occurs and continues, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other 
amounts owed, may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. Were such an event to occur, we 
would be forced to seek new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as our current facilities. Our ability to 
refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, is directly affected by the current economic and financial 
conditions. In addition, our ability to incur secured indebtedness (which may enable us to achieve more favorable 
terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends on the strength of our cash flows, results of 
operations, economic and market conditions and other factors. As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance 
with all of our debt covenants.

46

Cash Flows

For the last three fiscal years, the following table presents condensed highlights from our Consolidated 

Statements of Cash Flows:

Net income (loss)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
   business acquisitions
Other adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Net (decrease) increase  in cash and cash
   equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

Fiscal Year
(In millions)*
2015

2014

2016

  $

210    $

168    $

(73)

(78)   
423     
556     
(762)   
(180)   

(387)   
518     
131    $

(74)   
461     
555     
(271)   
(110)   

174     
344     
518    $

(11)
486 
402 
(118)
(120)

164 
180 
344  

  $

(*) Amounts may not add due to rounding.

Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $556 million and $555 million in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 

2015, respectively. Prior year cash flows provided by operating activities included a $288 million net cash inflow 
related to the termination of the Acquisition. Excluding the net termination fee received, cash flows provided by 
operating activities in 2015 were $267 million. The $289 million increase in the year over year cash flows provided 
by operating activities, excluding the termination fee, is primarily driven by year over year Gross profit 
improvements and reductions in operating expenses. 

Cash flows provided by operating activities were $555 million in fiscal 2015, compared to $402 million in 

fiscal 2014. Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $153 million in 2015 from 2014, primarily due to 
the positive change in Net income (loss) which was largely attributable to $288 million in net fees received in 
connection with the termination of the Acquisition Agreement. Additionally, the 2015 period Cash flows provided 
by operating activities reflect insurance recoveries of $23 million which resulted in a net benefit of $11 million. The 
increase was offset to an extent by changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions, as lower 
accounts receivable and higher accrued expenses and other liabilities were offset by an increase in inventories and a 
decrease in accounts payable. These changes were largely a result of the timing of our fiscal 2015 year end. Fiscal 
2015 had 53 weeks and ended on January 2, 2016, while fiscal 2014 had 52 weeks and ended on December 27, 
2014. The timing of the additional week in 2015 fell on a typically slow week in both customer shipments and low 
inventory replenishment due to both working capital management and timing of holiday shipments. 
Commensurately, with the slow period during the last week of fiscal 2015, accounts receivable and accounts payable 
were lower than they were in fiscal 2014. While inventory quantity was lower for the above noted reason, inventory 
value was higher due to the 2015 deflationary product cost trends and our last-in first-out inventory cost flow 
methodology. Prepaid expenses were also higher, as many contracts for the new year were negotiated and paid given 
the timing of our fiscal year end in 2015 versus 2014. Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased due to 
accrued charges related to facility closures and initiatives and payroll related items, primarily due to process timing.

47

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in 2016 reflects our strategy to selectively pursue acquisitions to 

accelerate our growth and enhance capabilities in our center of the plate offerings. During fiscal 2016, business 
acquisitions included two broadline distributors and two specialty distributors. Total consideration consisted of cash 
of approximately $123 million plus $8 million for the estimated fair value of contingent consideration. We also 
purchased a noncontrolling interest of approximately $8 million in a technology company that provides point-of-sale 
business intelligence to restaurants, which serves to support our sales initiatives. Approximately $164 million of 
purchases were made for property and equipment. Total capital additions were $244 million, of which $80 million 
was fleet capital leases. Cash spending on property and equipment was down from the prior year primarily due to 
two 2015 distribution facility construction/expansion projects. Proceeds from sales of property and equipment 
included $12 million from sales of closed facilities. 

Cash flows used in investing activities in 2016 also included the purchase of $485 million of U.S. government 
securities that were subsequently used to defease USF’s $472 million principal CMBS Fixed Facility. See Note 11, 
Debt, in our consolidated financial statements.

Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal 2015 included purchases of property and equipment of $187 
million, Proceeds from sales of property and equipment of $5 million, and Insurance proceeds of $3 million related 
to property damaged by a tornado. Cash flows used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 also included the 
acquisition of a broadline distributor for $69 million in cash. We also purchased $22 million of self-funded 
industrial revenue bonds. See “—Financing Activities” below for the offsetting cash inflow, and as further discussed 
in Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements.

Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal 2014 included purchases of property and equipment of $147 

million, proceeds from sales of property and equipment of $25 million and $4 million of Insurance proceeds related 
to property damaged by a tornado. 

Capital expenditures in fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014 included fleet replacement and investments in 
information technology to improve our business, as well as new construction and/or expansion of distribution 
facilities. Additionally, we entered into $80 million, $110 million, and $97 million of capital lease obligations in 
fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The 2016 and 2015 capital lease obligations were for fleet 
replacement. The 2014 capital lease obligations included $70 million for fleet replacement and $27 million for a 
distribution facility addition.

We expect total capital additions in 2017 to be between $330 million and $350 million, inclusive of 

approximately $100 million in fleet capital leases. We expect to fund our capital expenditures with available cash or 
cash generated from operations.

Financing Activities

Cash flows used in financing activities of $180 million in fiscal 2016 included net proceeds from our IPO of 

$1,114 million, and net proceeds from debt issuances and refinancings. We used the proceeds from these 
transactions to redeem the $1,348 million in principal of the Old Senior Notes, plus an early redemption premium of 
$29 million, and to purchase the U.S. government securities that were subsequently used to defease USF’s CMBS 
Fixed Facility. In addition to the early redemption premium, we have incurred approximately $26 million of other 
debt financing costs and fees in connection with the debt refinancings and defeasance. Prior to the IPO, we paid a 
$666 million one-time special cash distribution to our shareholders, of which $657 million was paid to the Sponsors. 
We funded the distribution through a $75 million borrowing under the 2012 ABS Facility, a $239 million borrowing 
under the ABL Facility, and $352 million in available cash.

Cash flows used in financing activities of $110 million in fiscal 2015 included $109 million of payments on 

debt and capital leases, including $50 million of net payments on our 2012 ABS Facility and $2 million of Old 
Senior Notes repurchased from certain entities associated with KKR. Additionally, we repurchased $20 million of 
our Redeemable common stock from terminated employees. The shares were acquired pursuant to the management 
stockholder’s agreement associated with our stock incentive plan.

48

In January 2015, we entered into a self-funded industrial revenue bond agreement providing for the issuance 

of a maximum of $40 million in TRBs that provide certain tax incentives related to the construction of a new 
distribution facility. We borrowed $22 million of the TRBs in fiscal 2015. See “—Investing Activities” above for 
the offsetting cash outflow.

Cash flows used in financing activities of $120 million in fiscal 2014 resulted from $50 million of net 
payments on our 2012 ABS Facility, $20 million of net payments on our ABL Facility, $24 million of scheduled 
payments on other debt facilities, $24 million related to capital lease obligations, and $2 million of contingent 
consideration related to a 2013 business acquisition.

Retirement Plans

We have historically maintained several qualified retirement plans and a nonqualified retirement plan 

(“Retirement Plans”) that pay benefits to certain employees at retirement, generally using formulas based on a 
participant’s years of service and compensation. Effective December 31, 2016, our qualified retirement plans were 
merged into a single plan.  The plan merger, expected to reduce plan administrative costs, had no effect on the 
Company’s pension benefit obligations as the merger did not change the benefits to the underlying plan participants. 
In addition, we maintain several postretirement health and welfare plans that provide benefits for eligible retirees 
and their dependents. We contributed $36 million, $49 million and $49 million annually to the Retirement Plans in 
fiscal 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, including the post-retirement health and welfare plans.

Certain employees are eligible to participate in USF’s defined contribution 401(k) plan. This plan provides 

that, under certain circumstances, we may match participant contributions of up to 100% of the first 3% of a 
participant’s compensation and 50% of the next 2% of a participant’s compensation, for a maximum matching 
contribution of 4%. We made contributions to this plan of $44 million, $32 million and $26 million in fiscal years 
2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

We also contribute to various multiemployer benefit plans under certain collective bargaining agreements. Our 

contributions to these plans were $33 million, $34 million and $32 million in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. 

In December 2016, we settled substantially all of our multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities, related to 
previously closed facilities, including Baltimore, Maryland, for cash of $80 million. As of December 31, 2016, we 
have no significant remaining multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities relating to closed facilities. 

49

Contractual Obligations

The following table includes information about our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 

2016 that affect our liquidity and capital needs. The table includes information about payments due under specified 
contractual obligations and includes the maturity profile of our consolidated debt, operating leases and other long-
term liabilities.

Payments Due by Period (In millions)

Total

    Less Than      
1 Year

    1-3 Years     3-5 Years    

    More Than  
5 Years

Recorded Contractual Obligations:

Long-term debt, including capital lease
   obligations
Unfunded lease obligation(1)
Self-insured liabilities(2)
Pension plans and other postretirement benefits
   contributions(3)

Unrecorded Contractual Obligations:

Interest payments on debt(4)
Operating leases
Multiemployer contractual minimum pension
   contributions(5)
Purchase obligations(6)

Total contractual cash obligations

  $

  $

3,802    $
25     
171     

76    $
2     
47     

820    $
6     
49     

159    $
8     
25     

2,747 
9 
50 

44     

36     

2     

2     

4 

844     
164     

143     
31     

259     
53     

26     
903     
5,979    $

4     
804     
1,143    $

7     
99     
1,295    $

236     
45     

7     
—     
482    $

206 
35 

8 
— 
3,059  

(1) Represents installment payments on a distribution facility lease obligation through 2023.
(2) Represents the estimated undiscounted payments on our self-insurance programs for general, fleet and 

workers compensation liabilities. Actual payments may differ from these estimates.

(3) Represents estimated contributions and benefit payments for Company sponsored Pension and other 

postretirement benefit plans. The balance includes $36 million that we expect to contribute to the Company’s 
defined benefit plan, for which estimates beyond 2017 are not available.

(4) Represents future interest payments on fixed rate debt, capital leases, an unfunded lease obligation, and $2.9 

billion of variable rate debt at interest rates as of December 31, 2016.
(5) Represents minimum contributions to the Central States Plan through 2023.
(6) Represents purchase obligations for purchases of product in the normal course of business, for which all 

significant terms have been confirmed, and forward fuel and electricity purchase obligations.

Other long-term liabilities at December 31, 2016 as disclosed in Note 12, Accrued Expenses and Other Long-
Term Liabilities, to our consolidated financial statements, consist primarily of an uncertain tax position liability of 
$11 million, inclusive of interest and penalties, for which the timing of payment is uncertain, and an $11 million 
non-cash purchase accounting adjustment for off-market operating leases, each of which has been excluded from the 
table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, we entered into $64 million in letters of credit to secure our obligations with 

respect to certain facility leases. Additionally, we entered into $339 million in letters of credit in favor of certain 
commercial insurers securing our obligations with respect to our self-insurance programs, and $3 million in letters of 
credit for other obligations.

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably 

likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of 
operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

50

  
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We have prepared the financial information in this Annual Report in accordance with GAAP.  Preparing these 
consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during these reporting periods. We base our estimates and judgments on 
historical experience and other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions form 
the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from 
other sources. Our most critical accounting policies and estimates pertain to the valuation of goodwill and other 
intangible assets, vendor consideration, self-insurance programs, income taxes, and share-based compensation.

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets include the cost of the acquired business in excess of the fair value of the 
tangible net assets recorded in connection with acquisitions. Other intangible assets include customer relationships, 
non-compete agreements, the brand names comprising our portfolio of private brands, and trademarks. As required, 
we assess goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment each year or more frequently, if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible 
assets, our policy is to assess for impairment at the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets 
with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset 
may not be recoverable. All goodwill is assigned to our consolidated Company as the reporting unit.

For goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is our one business segment as described in 
Note 24, Business Information, in our consolidated financial statements. Our assessment for impairment of goodwill 
utilized a combination of discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and comparative market 
transaction multiples. The results from each of the models are then weighted and combined into a single estimate of 
fair value for our reporting unit. We use a weighting of 50%, 35% and 15% for the discounted cash flow analysis, 
comparative market multiples, and comparative market transaction multiples, respectively, to determine the fair 
value of the reporting unit for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. The discounted cash flow approach 
is given the most weight because it considers our most recent results and financial projections of the Company, 
which we believe would be significant to a market participant. Comparable market transactions multiples were 
weighted the least due to the limited observances in the market. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its 
fair value, we must then perform a comparison of the implied fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. If the 
carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to 
the excess.

Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a 
relief from royalty method. Similar to goodwill, the fair value of the intangible asset is determined for comparison to 
the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is 
recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

Based on our fiscal 2016 annual impairment analysis for goodwill, the fair value of our reporting unit 

exceeded its carrying value by a substantial margin. Similarly, the fair value of our trademark indefinite-lived 
intangible assets exceeded the carrying value by a substantial margin. The fair value of our brand name indefinite-
lived intangible assets exceeded the carrying value by less than 20%. However, a 50 basis point increase in the 
discount rate would still result in a fair value of the brand name intangibles that is in excess of its carrying value. 
The recoverability of our brand name indefinite-lived intangible assets will be impacted if estimated future cash 
flows are not achieved. Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the 
indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in assumptions could have a material effect on the results of the 
Company’s impairment analysis.

51

Vendor Consideration

We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with our suppliers, primarily through purchase-

based programs. Consideration under these incentives is estimated during the year based on purchasing activity, as 
our obligations under the programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Consideration is typically 
received in the form of invoice deductions, or less often in the form of cash payments. Changes in the estimated 
amount of incentives earned are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change. 
Historically, adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances have not been significant.

Self-Insurance Programs

We accrue estimated liability amounts for claims covering general, fleet, and workers’ compensation and 
group medical insurance programs. The amounts in excess of certain levels, which range from $1 million to $3 
million per occurrence, are insured as a risk reduction strategy to minimize catastrophic losses. General and fleet 
liability losses in excess of our retentions are covered up to approximately $160 million, in the aggregate. We are 
fully self-insured for group medical claims not covered under collective bargaining agreements. Liabilities 
associated with these risks include an estimate for claims that are incurred but not reported, and are estimated by 
considering historical claims experience, severity factors, medical cost trends, and other actuarial assumptions. 
Differences in the actual future claims experience and severity of claims and significant changes in health care cost 
trends could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred 

tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the 
consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the 
differences between the consolidated financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax 
rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on 
deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record 
net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon 

examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. We adjust the 
amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions when our judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new 
information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense 
in the period in which they are determined. At this time, we believe it is reasonably possible that the liability for 
unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $3 million in the next 12 months as a result of the 
completion of tax audits or as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations.

Share-Based Compensation 

Certain employees participate in the 2007 Plan and the 2016 Plan (collectively, the “Incentive Plans”), which 

allow purchases of US Foods shares of common stock, grants of restricted stock and restricted stock units of US 
Foods, and grants of options exercisable in US Foods common stock. Under the Incentive Plans, we measure 
compensation expense for stock-based option awards at fair value at the date of grant, and recognize compensation 
expense over the service period for stock-based awards expected to vest. US Foods contributes shares to its 
subsidiary, USF, for employee purchases and upon exercise of options or grants of restricted stock and restricted 
stock units.

Since the completion of our IPO in June 2016, the fair value of our common stock is determined by the closing 

price per share for our common stock as reported on the NYSE.

52

Until the completion of our IPO, we determined the fair value of our common stock based on a number of 

factors. In addition, we obtained third-party valuations of our common stock on a quarterly basis to assist with the 
determination of the exercise price of our stock option awards and equity appreciation rights as well as the fair value 
of the common stock underlying all stock-based awards. To determine the fair value of awards at the date of grant, 
the Company computed a common stock fair value at the end of each fiscal quarter and used the calculated common 
stock fair value for all award grants in the subsequent quarter.  Similar to goodwill impairment testing, the third-
party valuations utilized a combination of discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and 
comparative market transaction multiples. The results from each of the models were then weighted and combined 
into a single estimate of common stock fair value. During fiscal 2015, we used a weighting of 50%, 35%, and 15% 
for the discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and comparative market transaction multiples, 
respectively. The weighting for this fair value computation is similar to the weighting used for the annual goodwill 
impairment assessment. 

On January 8, 2016, we paid a $666.3 million one-time special cash distribution to existing shareholders of 
record on January 4, 2016. According to the anti-dilution protection provisions of the 2007 Plan, we granted new 
stock-based awards, and the exercise prices of certain existing stock-based awards were adjusted, to offset the 
decrease in common stock value as a result of the special cash distribution.  See Note 15, Share-Based 
Compensation, Common Stock Issuances, Redeemable Common Stock, and Common Stock, in our consolidated 
financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 3, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, 

in our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and overall economic conditions. 

We principally manage our exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through managing our core 
business activities. We manage economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by 
managing the amount, sources, and duration of our debt funding. While we have held derivative financial 
instruments in the past to assist in managing our exposure to variable interest rate terms on certain of our 
borrowings, we are not currently party to any interest rate derivative contracts.

Interest Rate Risk

Market risk is the possibility of loss from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates and 

commodity prices. A substantial portion of our debt facilities bear interest at floating rates, based on LIBOR or the 
alternative base rate, as defined in USF’s credit agreements. Accordingly, we are exposed to fluctuations in interest 
rates. A 1% change in the applicable floating rate would cause the interest expense on our $2.9 billion of floating 
rate debt facilities to change by approximately $29 million per year. This change does not consider the LIBOR floor 
of 0.75% on $2.2 billion in principal of our variable rate term loan.

Commodity Price Risk

We are also exposed to risk due to fluctuations in the price and availability of diesel fuel. Increases in the cost 
of diesel fuel can negatively affect consumer spending, raise the price we pay for products, and increase the costs we 
incur to deliver products to our customers. To minimize fuel cost risk, we enter into forward purchase commitments 
for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 31, 2016, we had diesel fuel forward 
purchase commitments totaling $97 million through April 2018. These contracts locked in approximately 60% of 
our projected diesel fuel purchase needs for the contracted periods. Our remaining fuel purchase needs will occur at 
market rates. Using published market price projections for diesel and estimated fuel consumption needs, a 10% 
unfavorable change in diesel prices from the projected market prices could result in approximately $7 million per 
year in additional fuel cost on such uncommitted volumes. This risk is partially mitigated by diesel fuel surcharges 
to our customers.

53

Item 8.

Financial Statements And Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 

2016, January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016,

January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016, January 2, 

2016 and December 27, 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page No.

55
56

57

58

59
60

54

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
US Foods Holding Corp.
Rosemont, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the 
“Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of 
comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period 
ended December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were 
we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of 
internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a 
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement 
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in 
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2017

55

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $25,388 and $22,623
Vendor receivables, less allowances of $1,819 and $1,566
Inventories—net
Prepaid expenses
Assets held for sale
Other current assets
Total current assets

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net
GOODWILL
OTHER INTANGIBLES—Net
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
OTHER ASSETS
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Bank checks outstanding
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Total current liabilities

LONG-TERM DEBT
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Total liabilities

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 21)
REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK (Note 15)
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Common stock, $0.01 par value—600,000 shares authorized;
     220,929 and 166,667 issued and outstanding as of
     December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total shareholders’ equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56

December 31,
2016

January 2,
2016

  $

  $

  $

131,090    $
1,226,032     
105,542     
1,223,037     
72,650     
21,039     
9,781     
2,789,171     
1,767,611     
3,908,484     
386,881     
34,405     
57,898     
8,944,450    $

142,712    $
1,294,796     
455,815     
75,962     
1,969,285     
3,705,751     
380,835     
350,929     
6,406,800     

517,802 
1,233,978 
101,449 
1,112,967 
73,787 
5,459 
14,991 
3,060,433 
1,768,885 
3,875,719 
477,601 
— 
56,721 
9,239,359 

191,314 
1,078,865 
470,005 
62,639 
1,802,823 
4,682,149 
455,794 
386,975 
7,327,741 

—     

38,441 

2,209     
2,791,264     
(136,460)    
(119,363)    
2,537,650     
8,944,450    $

1,667 
2,292,142 
(346,254)
(74,378)
1,873,177 
9,239,359  

  $

 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

NET SALES
COST OF GOODS SOLD

Gross profit

OPERATING EXPENSES:

December 31,
2016

Fiscal Years Ended
January 2,
2016
  $ 22,918,808    $ 23,127,532    $ 23,019,801 
    18,865,536      19,114,293      19,222,092 
3,797,709 

December 27,
2014

4,013,239     

4,053,272     

Distribution, selling and administrative costs
Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges

Total operating expenses

OPERATING INCOME
ACQUISITION TERMINATION FEES—Net
INTEREST EXPENSE—Net
LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

Income (loss) before income taxes
INCOME TAX (BENEFIT) PROVISION
NET INCOME (LOSS)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)—Net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

3,585,986     
53,465     
3,639,451     
413,821     
—     
229,080     
53,632     
131,109     
(78,685)   
209,794     

3,650,704     
172,707     
3,823,411     
189,828     
287,500     
285,175     
—     
192,153     
24,635     
167,518     

3,545,453 
— 
3,545,453 
252,256 
— 
289,202 
— 
(36,946)
35,968 
(72,914)

(44,985)   
164,809    $

83,663     
251,181    $

(155,362)
(228,276)

  $

Basic
Diluted

  $
  $
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING    

1.05    $
1.03    $

0.99    $
0.98    $

(0.43)
(0.43)

Basic
Diluted

    200,129,868      169,560,616      169,467,651 
    204,024,726      171,060,720      169,467,651  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
      
  
      
      
  
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

Number of
Common
Shares

Common
Shares at
Par Value   

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Retirement
Benefit
Obligation

Total
Shareholders'
Equity

   166,667   $ 1,667  $2,285,634   $ (440,858) $

(2,679) $ 1,843,764 

—    
—    

—   
—   

(23)  
6,567    

—    
—    

—    
—    

(23)
6,567 

—    
—    

—    
(72,914)  
   166,667   $ 1,667  $2,292,178   $ (513,772) $

—    
—    

—   
—   

(155,362)  
—    

(155,362)
(72,914)
(158,041) $ 1,622,032 

—    
—    

—   
—   

(8,091)  
8,055    

—    
—    

—    
—    

(8,091)
8,055 

—    
—    

—    
167,518    
   166,667   $ 1,667  $2,292,142   $ (346,254) $

—    
—    

—   
—   

2,522    
—    

25   
—   

43,086    
14,856    

   51,111    

511    1,113,288    

—    

—   

(666,332)  

174    
459    

2   
4   

3,352    
(4)  

(4)  

—   

(9,124)  

—    
—    

—    

—    

—    
—    

—    

—    
—    

—    
209,794    
   220,929   $ 2,209  $2,791,264   $ (136,460) $

—    
—    

—   
—   

83,663    
—    

83,663 
167,518 
(74,378) $ 1,873,177 

—    
—    

43,111 
14,856 

—     1,113,799 

—    

(666,332)

—    
—    

3,354 
— 

—    

(9,124)

(44,985)  
—    

(44,985)
209,794 
(119,363) $ 2,537,650  

BALANCE—December 28, 2013
Settlements/reclassifications of
   Redeemable common stock
Share-based compensation expense
Changes in retirement benefit
   obligations, net of income tax
Net loss

BALANCE—December 27, 2014
Settlements/reclassifications of
   Redeemable common stock
Share-based compensation expense
Changes in retirement benefit
   obligations, net of income tax
Net income

BALANCE—January 2, 2016

Settlements/reclassifications of
   Redeemable common stock
Share-based compensation expense
Net proceeds from initial public
   offering
Cash distribution to shareholders
    ($3.94 per share - Note 14)
Proceeds from employee share
   purchase plan
Share-based awards vested/exercised   
Common stock and share-based
   awards settled
Changes in retirement benefit
   obligations, net of income tax
Net income

BALANCE—December 31, 2016

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

58

  
 
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
   operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Tangible asset impairment charges
Amortization of deferred financing costs
Amortization of Senior Notes original issue premium
Insurance proceeds related to operating activities
Insurance benefit in net income
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
Share-based compensation expense
Provision for doubtful accounts

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:

Decrease (increase) in receivables
(Increase) decrease in inventories
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other assets
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and bank checks outstanding
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Acquisition of businesses—net of cash
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment
Purchases of property and equipment
Investment in Avero, LLC
Investment in marketable securities
Insurance proceeds related to investing activities
Purchase of industrial revenue bonds

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Proceeds from debt refinancing
Proceeds from other borrowings
Principal payments on debt and capital leases
Payment for debt financing costs and fees
Redemption of Old Senior Notes
Net proceeds from initial public offering
Cash distribution to shareholders
Contingent consideration paid for business acquisition
Proceeds from employee share purchase plan
Proceeds from common stock sales
Common stock and share-based awards settled

Net cash used in financing activities

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest (net of amounts capitalized)
Income taxes paid (refunded)—net
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable
Capital lease additions
Contingent consideration payable for acquisition of businesses
Marketable securities transferred in connection with the legal
   defeasance of the CMBS Fixed Loan Facility
CMBS Fixed Loan Facility defeasance
Restricted cash transferred to Cash and cash equivalents

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

  $

  $

59

  December 31,

2016

Fiscal Years Ended
January 2,
2016

  December 27,

2014

  $

209,794    $

167,518    $

(72,914 )

421,371   
(6,265 )  
53,632   
125   
7,252   
(1,664 )  
10,499   
(10,499 )  
(80,434 )  
18,355   
11,112   

21,555   
(100,579 )  
6,199   
131,044   
(135,855 )  
555,642   

(122,294 )  
16,827   
(164,395 )  
(7,658 )  
(484,624 )  
—   
—   
(762,144 )  

2,213,803   
2,706,535   
(4,140,760 )  
(25,941 )  
(1,376,927 )  
1,113,799   
(666,332 )  
—   
3,354   
2,850   
(10,591 )  
(180,210 )  
(386,712 )  
517,802   
131,090    $

399,247   
(2,010 )  
—   
6,293   
13,261   
(3,330 )  
23,243   
(20,083 )  
17,606   
15,832   
12,103   

9,600   
(55,047 )  
(20,716 )  
(71,448 )  
63,699   
555,768   

(69,481 )  
5,048   
(187,409 )  
—   
—   
2,771   
(22,139 )  
(271,210 )  

—   
22,139   
(109,489 )  
(3,573 )  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
500   
(19,992 )  
(110,415 )  
174,143   
343,659   
517,802    $

222,742    $
4,571   

345,732    $
7,861   

50,349   
80,118   
8,375   

484,624   
471,615   
6,147   

26,885   
110,097   
—   

—   
—   
—   

411,549 
(7,688 )
— 
1,580 
18,014 
(3,330 )
— 
— 
35,803 
11,736 
18,559 

(47,347 )
105,256 
1,016 
(35,649 )
(34,395 )
402,190 

— 
25,054 
(147,094 )
— 
— 
4,000 
— 
(118,040 )

— 
898,450 
(1,016,033 )
(421 )
— 
— 
— 
(1,800 )
— 
197 
(628 )
(120,235 )
163,915 
179,744 
343,659 

278,474 
(30 )

26,620 
96,756 
— 

— 
— 
—  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

US Foods Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to here as 
“we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” or “US Foods.” US Foods conducts all of its operations through its wholly 
owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“USF”). All of the Company’s indebtedness, as further 
described in Note 11, Debt, is an obligation of USF. US Foods is controlled by investment funds associated 
with or designated by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC (“CD&R”) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co., L.P. 
(“KKR”). KKR and CD&R are collectively referred to herein as the “Sponsors”.

Reverse Stock Split—Prior to its initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company’s Board of Directors approved 
a 2.7-for one reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. The par value per share of common stock 
and authorized shares of common stock remain unchanged at $0.01 per share and 600 million shares, 
respectively. Accordingly, the Company reclassified $3 million, related to the reduction in aggregate par value 
of common stock, to Additional paid-in-capital. The reverse stock split became effective on May 17, 2016. All 
common stock and per share amounts in the financial statements and notes have been retroactively adjusted to 
give effect to the reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering—On June 1, 2016 the Company closed its IPO selling 51,111,111 shares of common 
stock for a cash offering price of $23.00 per share ($21.9075 per share net of underwriter discounts and 
commissions and before offering expenses), including the exercise in full by underwriters of their option to 
purchase 6,666,667 additional shares. The IPO was registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the “Securities Act”), on a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-209442), as amended 
(the “Registration Statement”). The Company’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange 
under the ticker symbol “USFD.”

The Company used the net proceeds from the IPO of approximately $1,114 million (after the payment of 
underwriter discounts and commissions and offering expenses) to redeem $1,090 million principal amount, 
and pay the related $23 million early redemption premium, for USF’s 8.5% unsecured Senior Notes due 
June 30, 2019, (the “Old Senior Notes”).

Business Description—The Company, through USF, operates in one business segment in which it markets 
and primarily distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to foodservice customers 
throughout the United States. These customers include independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, 
regional concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, hotels and motels, country clubs, 
government and military organizations, colleges and universities, and retail locations.

Terminated Acquisition by Sysco—On December 8, 2013, US Foods entered into an agreement and plan of 
merger (the “Acquisition Agreement”) with Sysco Corporation (“Sysco”) and certain of its subsidiaries, for 
Sysco to acquire US Foods (the “Acquisition”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the 
Acquisition Agreement. On February 2, 2015, the parties entered into an asset purchase agreement (the “Asset 
Purchase Agreement”) with Performance Food Group, Inc. (“PFG”), through which PFG agreed to purchase  
eleven USF distribution centers and related assets and liabilities, in connection with and subject to the closing 
of the Acquisition. In February 2015, following completion of its regulatory review of the proposed 
Acquisition, the US Federal Trade Commission filed a motion with the U.S. District Court of Columbia 
(“Court”) seeking a preliminary injunction to block the proposed Acquisition, which the Court granted on 
June 23, 2015.

On June 26, 2015, the parties terminated the Acquisition Agreement, and the Asset Purchase Agreement 
automatically terminated. Sysco paid the Company a termination fee of $300 million in connection with the 
termination of the Acquisition Agreement. USF paid a termination fee of $12.5 million to PFG pursuant to the 
terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

Basis of Presentation—The Company operates on a 52-53 week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a 
Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, the Company reports the additional week in the fiscal fourth 
quarter. The fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, January 2, 2016, and December 27, 2014 are also referred 

60

to herein as fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company’s fiscal years 2016 and 2014 were 
52-week fiscal years. The Company’s fiscal year 2015 was a 53-week fiscal year.

2.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation —Consolidated financial statements include the accounts of US Foods and its 
wholly owned subsidiary, USF. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates—Consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). This requires management to make estimates 
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The most critical estimates used in the 
preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements pertain to the valuation of goodwill and other 
intangible assets, vendor consideration, self-insurance programs, income taxes, and share-based compensation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a 
maturity of three or fewer months to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of 
business and are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Receivables are presented net of the 
allowance for doubtful accounts in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company evaluates 
the collectability of its accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on a combination of factors. When we are aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial 
obligation, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded, reducing the receivable to the net amount 
we reasonably expect to collect. In addition, allowances are recorded for all other receivables based on historic 
collection trends, write-offs and the aging of receivables. The Company uses specific criteria to determine 
uncollectible receivables to be written off, including bankruptcy, accounts referred to outside parties for 
collection, and accounts past due over specified periods.

Vendor Consideration and Receivables—The Company participates in various rebate and promotional 
incentives with its suppliers, primarily through purchase-based programs. Consideration earned under these 
incentives is estimated during the year, based on purchasing activity, as the Company’s obligations under the 
programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives 
earned are treated as changes in estimates and are recognized in the period of change.

Vendor consideration is typically deducted from invoices or collected in cash within 30 days of being earned. 
Vendor receivables represent the uncollected balance of the vendor consideration. Due to the process of 
primarily deducting the consideration from the amounts due to the vendor, the Company does not experience 
significant collectability issues. The Company evaluates the collectability of its vendor receivables based on 
specific vendor information and vendor collection history.

Inventories—The Company’s inventories—consisting mainly of food and other foodservice-related 
products—are primarily considered finished goods. Inventory costs include the purchase price of the product, 
freight charges to deliver it to the Company’s warehouses, and depreciation and labor related to processing 
facilities and equipment, and are net of certain cash or non-cash consideration received from vendors. The 
Company assesses the need for valuation allowances for slow-moving, excess and obsolete inventories by 
estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, inventory age, specifically 
identified items, and overall economic conditions.

The Company records inventories at the lower of cost or market using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. 
The base year values of beginning and ending inventories are determined using the inventory price index 
computation method. This “links” current costs to original costs in the base year when the Company adopted 
LIFO. During 2014, inventory quantities were reduced resulting in the liquidation of certain quantities carried 
at lower costs in prior years. As a result of this LIFO liquidation, cost of sales decreased $7 million in 2014. 
There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in 2016 and 2015.

At December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, the LIFO balance sheet reserves were $116 million and $134 
million, respectively. As a result of net changes in LIFO reserves, cost of goods sold decreased $18 million 
and $74 million in fiscal years 2016 and 2015 and increased $60 million in fiscal year 2014, respectively. The 

61

$60 million increase in cost of goods sold in 2014 is net of the $7 million decrease in cost of goods sold 
resulting from the LIFO liquidation.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of property and 
equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which 
range from three to 40 years. Property and equipment under capital leases and leasehold improvements are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining term of the related lease or the estimated 
useful lives of the assets.

Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Applicable interest charges incurred 
during the construction of new facilities or development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of 
the elements of cost and are amortized over the useful life of the respective assets.

Property and equipment held and used by the Company are tested for recoverability whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. 
For purposes of evaluating the recoverability of property and equipment, the Company compares the carrying 
value of the asset or asset group to the estimated, undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by 
the long-lived asset or asset group. If the future cash flows do not exceed the carrying value, the carrying 
value is compared to the fair value of such asset. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, an impairment 
charge is recorded for the excess.

The Company also assesses the recoverability of its closed facilities actively marketed for sale. If a facility’s 
carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the 
excess. Assets held for sale are not depreciated.

Impairments are recorded as a component of Restructuring and tangible asset impairment charges in the 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), and a reduction of the asset’s carrying value in the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill and Other intangible assets include the cost of the 
acquired business in excess of the fair value of the net tangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets include 
customer relationships, noncompete agreements, the brand names comprising our portfolio of exclusive 
brands, and trademarks. As required, we assess Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for 
impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For Goodwill 
and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment at the beginning of each fiscal 
third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that 
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. All Goodwill is assigned to the 
consolidated Company as the reporting unit.

Self-Insurance Programs—The Company accrues estimated liability amounts for claims covering general, 
fleet, and workers’ compensation. The amounts in excess of certain levels, which range from $1-3 million per 
occurrence, are insured as a risk reduction strategy, to mitigate catastrophic losses. We are fully insured for 
group medical claims not covered under collective bargaining agreements. The Company accrues its estimated 
liability for the self-insured medical insurance program, including an estimate for incurred but not reported 
claims, based on known claims and past claims history. The workers’ compensation liability is discounted, as 
the amount and timing of cash payments is reliably determinable given the nature of benefits and the level of 
historic claim volume to support the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss 
payment pattern. The amount accrued is discounted using an interest rate that approximates the U.S. Treasury 
rate consistent with the duration of the liability. However, the inherent uncertainty of future loss projections 
could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates. These accruals are included in Accrued expenses and 
Other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share-Based Compensation Certain employees participate in the 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus 
Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) and 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. 
and its Affiliates, as amended (“2007 Plan”), which allow purchases of US Foods common stock, grants of 
restricted stock and restricted stock units of US Foods, and grants of options exercisable in US Foods common 
stock. Additionally, most of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate in the US Foods Holding 
Corp. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Stock Purchase Plan”), which allows for 
the purchase of US Foods common stock at a discount of up to 15% of the fair market value of a share at 
periodic acquisition dates. Shares issued to satisfy employee share-based award programs come from shares 
reserved for issuance under the respective award programs.  US Foods contributes shares to its subsidiary, 

62

USF, for employee purchases and upon exercise of options or grants of restricted stock and restricted stock 
units.  The Company does not maintain treasury shares, as shares repurchased by the Company are retired 
upon reacquisition.  

The Company measures compensation expense for stock-based awards at fair value at the date of grant, and 
recognizes compensation expense over the service period for awards expected to vest.  After the IPO, the fair 
value of awards at the date of grant is the closing price per share for the Company’s common stock as reported 
on the NYSE. Prior to the IPO, to determine the fair value of awards at the date of grant, the Company 
computed a common stock fair value at the end of each fiscal quarter, using the combination of a market 
approach and income approach, and applied the calculated common stock fair value to all stock and stock 
award activity in the subsequent quarter. 

Compensation expense for the Stock Purchase Plan represents the difference between the fair market value at 
acquisition date and the employee purchase price. 

Common Stock—Prior to the IPO, common stock was held primarily by our Sponsors, members of 
management, and key employees. Total common shares issued and outstanding were 220,928,969 at 
December 31, 2016, and 169,025,288 (including 2,358,619 shares included in Redeemable common stock) at 
January 2, 2016.

Redeemable Common Stock—Redeemable common stock is a security with redemption features that are 
outside the control of the issuer, is not classified as an asset or liability in conformity with GAAP, and is not 
mandatorily redeemable. Prior to the IPO, common stock owned by management and key employees had two 
redemption features 1) employee put option and 2) Company call option.  

Employee Put Option—Prior to the IPO, each participant in the 2007 Plan had the right, via the management 
stockholder’s agreement, to require the Company to repurchase all of his or her restricted common stock (“put 
option”) in the event of a termination of employment due to death or disability. If an employee terminated for 
any reason other than death or disability, the contingent put option was cancelled.  Generally, instruments with 
put rights upon death or disability are classified as temporary equity awards (i.e. a component of Redeemable 
common stock) until such puttable conditions become probable (i.e. upon termination due to death or 
disability). Since this redemption feature, was outside of the control of the Company, the value of the shares 
was shown outside of permanent equity as Redeemable common stock.  In addition to the value of common 
stock held, stock-based awards with similar underlying common stock were also recorded in Redeemable 
common stock. Redeemable common stock included values for common stock issuances to key employees, 
vested restricted shares, vested restricted stock units and vested stock option awards.

Once it was determined that it was probable that the put option would become exercisable, the award was 
accounted for as an award modification and was required to be liability-classified. The Company recorded an 
incremental expense measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the modified award over the amount 
previously recognized. These liability awards were remeasured at their fair market value, or redemption value, 
as of each reporting period through the date of settlement, which was generally the first fiscal quarter 
following termination. 

In connection with the IPO, the management stockholder’s agreement was amended to remove the put option; 
therefore the common stock no longer has a redemption feature that is outside the Company’s control and 
could require the Company to redeem these shares. Accordingly, the entire amount reflected in Redeemable 
common stock was reclassified to Shareholders’ equity during the second quarter of 2016. The sole remaining 
redemption feature provides the Company with the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase all of the 
holder’s vested shares upon termination without cause. Based on the current redemption feature of the 
common stock, there will be no amounts attributed to Redeemable common stock in future periods.  

Company Call Option—As of the balance sheet date, the Company also had the right—but not the 
obligation—to require employees to sell certain shares back to the Company when they terminate 
employment. If the Company determines it is likely to exercise the call right prior to an employee bearing the 
risks and rewards of ownership for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, the awards that have 
been vested for less than six months (“immature shares”) are required to be liability-classified. The Company 
records an incremental expense measured as the excess, if any, of the fair value of the liability award over the 
amount previously recognized. These liability awards are remeasured at their fair market value, or redemption 

63

value, as of each reporting period through the date of settlement, which is generally the first fiscal quarter 
following termination. 

Business Acquisitions—The Company accounts for business acquisitions under the acquisition method, in 
which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date. The 
operating results of the acquired companies are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
from the date of acquisition.

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of product when title and risk of loss 
passes and the customer accepts the goods, which generally occurs at delivery. The Company grants certain 
customers sales incentives—such as rebates or discounts—and treats these as a reduction of sales at the time 
the sale is recognized. Sales taxes invoiced to customers and remitted to governmental authorities are 
excluded from Net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold —Cost of goods sold includes amounts paid to vendors for products sold—net of vendor 
consideration and the cost of transportation necessary to bring the products to the Company’s distribution 
facilities. Depreciation related to processing facilities and equipment is presented in cost of goods sold. 
Because the majority of the Inventories are finished goods, depreciation related to warehouse facilities and 
equipment is presented in Distribution, selling and administrative costs. See Inventories section above for 
discussion of the LIFO impact on Cost of goods sold.

Shipping and Handling Costs—Shipping and handling costs—which include costs related to the selection of 
products and their delivery to customers—are presented in Distribution, selling and administrative costs. 
Shipping and handling costs were $1.6 billion in 2016, and $1.5 billion in 2015 and 2014.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires 
the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that 
have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax 
basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in 
income during the period that includes the enactment date. Net deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent 
the Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon 
examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
Uncertain tax positions are recorded at the largest amount that is more likely than not to be sustained. The 
Company adjusts the amounts recorded for uncertain tax positions when its judgment changes, as a result of 
evaluating new information not previously available. These differences are reflected as increases or decreases 
to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

Derivative Financial Instruments—The Company has used interest rate swap agreements in the past to 
manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable-rate term loan obligation. The Company is not 
currently party to any interest rate swap agreements.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward purchase agreements to procure fuel, 
electricity and product commodities related to its business. These agreements often meet the definition of a 
derivative. However, the Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments at fair value as the 
amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception under GAAP 
guidance.

Concentration Risks—Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist 
primarily of cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested primarily 
in money market funds at major financial institutions. Credit risk related to accounts receivable is dispersed 
across a larger number of customers located throughout the United States. The Company attempts to reduce 
credit risk through initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. There were no 
receivables from any one customer representing more than 5% of our consolidated gross accounts receivable 
at December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016.

64

3.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
(“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the test for Goodwill Impairment, which 
simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. 
The amendments also eliminate the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying 
amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the 
goodwill impairment test. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting 
unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. This guidance is effective for the annual or 
any interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is 
permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. 
The fair value of the Company’s reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by a substantial margin based on 
the fiscal 2016 impairment analysis for goodwill.  Accordingly, the new standard, at this time, is not expected 
to materially affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (230): Restricted Cash, 
which clarifies the presentation of restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. Amounts generally described 
as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when 
reconciling the beginning and ending cash balances on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective 
for fiscal years—and interim periods within those fiscal years—beginning after December 15, 2017, with 
early adoption permitted. The Company is currently reviewing the provisions of the new standard.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of 
Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payment, which addresses the classification and presentation of certain cash 
receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows, with the objective of reducing the existing diversity 
in practice. This guidance is effective for fiscal years—and interim periods within those fiscal years—
beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted all of the 
provisions of this standard with no impacts, as the Company’s original cash flow classification, for the 
relevant provisions, was consistent with the requirements of the standard.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments —Credit Losses (Topic 326): 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which introduces a forward-looking approach, based 
on expected losses, to estimate credit losses on certain types of financial instruments, including trade 
receivables. The estimate of expected credit losses will require entities to incorporate considerations of 
historical information, current information and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This ASU also expands 
the disclosure requirements to enable users of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, 
models and methods for estimating expected credit losses. This guidance is effective for fiscal years—and 
interim periods within those fiscal years—beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted. 
The Company is currently reviewing the provisions of the new standard.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation —Stock Compensation (Topic 718): 
Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of 
the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of 
awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This guidance is 
effective for fiscal years—and interim periods within those fiscal years—beginning after December 15, 2016, 
with early adoption permitted. The Company’s adoption of this ASU in the fiscal second quarter of 2016 did 
not materially affect its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes Accounting 
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 840, Leases. This ASU, based on the principle that entities should recognize 
assets and liabilities arising from leases, does not significantly change the lessees’ recognition, measurement 
and presentation of expenses and cash flows from the previous accounting standard. Leases are classified as 
finance or operating. The ASU’s primary change is the requirement for entities to recognize a lease liability 
for payments and a right of use asset representing the right to use the leased asset during the term of operating 
lease arrangements. Lessees are permitted to make an accounting policy election to not recognize the asset and 
liability for leases with a term of twelve months or less. Lessors’ accounting is largely unchanged from the 
previous accounting standard. In addition, the ASU expands the disclosure requirements of lease 
arrangements. Lessees and lessors will use a modified retrospective transition approach, which includes a 
number of practical expedients. This guidance is effective for fiscal years—and interim periods within those 

65

fiscal years—beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently 
reviewing the provisions of the new standard.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Simplifying the 
Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustment. This ASU eliminates the requirement to restate prior period 
financial statements for measurement period adjustments for business combinations. The new guidance 
requires that the cumulative impact of a measurement period adjustment (including the impact on prior 
periods) be recognized in the reporting period in which the adjustment is identified. This guidance is effective 
for fiscal years—and interim periods within those fiscal years—beginning after December 15, 2015. The 
amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the 
effective date with earlier adoption permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The 
Company’s adoption of this guidance in fiscal year 2016 did not materially affect its financial position, results 
of operations or cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which will be 
introduced into the FASB’s ASC as Topic 606. Topic 606 replaces Topic 605, the previous revenue 
recognition guidance. The new standard’s core principle is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the 
transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration (that is, payment) to which 
the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard also will result 
in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed 
comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improve guidance for 
multiple-element arrangements. The new standard will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of 
fiscal 2018, with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal 2017. The new standard permits two 
implementation approaches, one requiring full retrospective application of the new standard with restatement 
of prior years, and one requiring modified retrospective application of the new standard with disclosure of 
results under old standards. The Company’s impact assessment of the standard is ongoing; however, the 
Company’s current analysis indicates that the most significant effect of the new standard relates to the 
Company’s accounting for costs to obtain or fulfill contracts.  Under the current guidance, most of these costs 
are expensed as incurred.  Under the new standard, costs such as commissions, upfront costs, and other 
contract acquisition-based and contract fulfillment costs could be capitalized on our consolidated balance 
sheets and amortized on a systematic basis over the contract term.  In addition, under the new standard, certain 
costs currently presented in Operating Expenses, such as bad debt expense and certain commissions, could be 
reclassified as a reduction of Net Sales. Additionally, enhanced disclosures, including revenue recognition 
policies to identify performance obligations to customers and significant judgments in measurement and 
recognition, are required. We will continue our assessment, which may identify other impacts of the adoption 
of ASC 606.  The Company will adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and preliminarily expects 
to use the full retrospective method. However, our adoption method is subject to change as we continue to 
evaluate the impact of the standard.

4.

BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS 

Business acquisitions during fiscal year 2016 included (1) the stock of Bay-N-Gulf, Inc., d/b/a Save On 
Seafood, a seafood processor and distributor, acquired in October; (2) certain assets of Jeraci Food 
Distributors, Inc., an Italian specialty distributor, acquired in October; (3) the stock of Fresh Unlimited, Inc. 
d/b/a Freshway Foods, a produce processor, repacker, and distributor, acquired in June; and (4) certain assets 
of Cara Donna Provisions Co., Inc. and Cara Donna Properties LLC, a broadline distributor, acquired in 
March. Total consideration consisted of cash of approximately $123 million, plus approximately $8 million 
for the estimated fair value of contingent consideration.

On December 31, 2015, the Company purchased Waukesha Wholesale Foods, Inc. d/b/a Dierks Waukesha 
(“Dierks”), a broadline distributor for cash of $69 million. In March 2016, approximately $1 million was 
received as a purchase price adjustment related to the 2015 Dierks business acquisition, resulting in minimal 
decreases to Property and equipment-net and Goodwill. 

The acquisitions, focusing on broadline distributors with local strength with independent restaurants or 
specialty distributors with distinct capabilities across ethnic food, center-of-plate, and produce categories, 
were integrated into the Company’s foodservice distribution network and were funded with cash from 
operations.

66

 
The following table summarizes the purchase price allocations for the 2016 and 2015 business acquisitions as 
follows (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes

Cash paid for acquisitions

  $

2016
22,871    $
9,493     
732     
24,119     
32,570     
64,130     
(16,216)   
(12,173)   
(2,514)   
—     
  $ 123,012    $

2015

6,724 
7,022 
702 
7,200 
40,242 
21,200 
(3,290)
(1,554)
— 
(8,765)
69,481  

The 2016 and 2015 acquisitions did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial 
position and, therefore, pro forma financial information has not been provided.

5.

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the last three fiscal years is as follows (in 
thousands):

Balance at beginning of year

  $

Charged to costs and expenses
Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries    
  $

Balance at end of year

2016
22,623    $
11,112     
(8,347)   
25,388    $

2015
24,989    $
12,103     
(14,469)   
22,623    $

2014
25,151 
18,559 
(18,721)
24,989  

This table excludes the vendor receivable related allowance for doubtful accounts of $2 million at December 
31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, and $3 million at December 27, 2014.

6.

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM

Under its accounts receivable financing facility dated as of August 27, 2012, as amended (the “2012 ABS 
Facility”), USF sells—on a revolving basis—its eligible receivables to a wholly owned, special purpose, 
bankruptcy remote subsidiary (the “Receivables Company”). The Receivables Company, in turn, grants a 
continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible receivables to the administrative 
agent, for the benefit of the lenders as defined by the 2012 ABS Facility. The Company consolidates the 
Receivables Company and, consequently, the transfer of the receivables is a transaction internal to the 
Company and the receivables have not been derecognized from the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
On a daily basis, cash from accounts receivable collections is remitted to the Company as additional eligible 
receivables are sold to the Receivables Company. If, on a weekly settlement basis, there are not sufficient 
eligible receivables available as collateral, the Company is required to either provide cash collateral or, in lieu 
of providing cash collateral, it can pay down its borrowings on the 2012 ABS Facility to cover the shortfall. 
Due to sufficient eligible receivables available as collateral, no cash collateral was held at December 31, 2016 
or January 2, 2016. Included in the Company’s accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016 and 
January 2, 2016 was $923 million and $933 million, respectively, of receivables held as collateral in support 
of the 2012 ABS Facility. See Note 11, Debt for a further description of the 2012 ABS Facility.

67

  
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
7.

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The Company classifies its closed facilities as Assets held for sale at the time management commits to a plan 
to sell the facility, the facility is actively marketed and available for immediate sale, and the sale is expected to 
be completed within one year. Due to market conditions, certain facilities may be classified as Assets held for 
sale for more than one year as the Company continues to actively market the facilities at reasonable prices.

The changes in Assets held for sale for fiscal years 2016 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year
Transfers in
Assets sold
Tangible asset impairment charges
Balance at end of the year

2016

2015

  $

  $

5,459    $
23,201     
(7,496)   
(125)   
21,039    $

5,360 
2,594 
(1,377)
(1,118)
5,459  

During fiscal year 2016, the Baltimore distribution facility and the facility acquired as part of the Cara Donna 
acquisition were closed and transferred to Assets held for sale. The Cara Donna facility, as well as the 
Fairmont, Minnesota and Lakeland, Florida facilities were sold during fiscal year 2016 for aggregate proceeds 
of $12 million, resulting in a $4 million gain.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company closed the Lakeland, Florida distribution facility and reclassified it to 
Assets held for sale. Two facilities classified as Assets held for sale were sold during fiscal year 2015 for 
proceeds of $3 million.

8.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

December 31,
2016
303,208    $

January 2,
2016
301,924   

Range of
Useful Lives

Land
Buildings and building improvements
Transportation equipment
Warehouse equipment
Office equipment, furniture and software
Construction in process

  $
    1,144,041      1,156,914    10–40 years
745,399    5–10 years
332,018    5–12 years
3–7 years
690,430   
58,849   
    3,492,062      3,285,534   
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (1,724,451)    (1,516,649) 
  $ 1,767,611    $ 1,768,885   
Property and equipment—net

835,089     
343,315     
772,334     
94,075     

Transportation equipment included $354 million and $260 million of capital lease assets at December 31, 
2016 and January 2, 2016, respectively. Buildings and building improvements included $97 million and $98 
million of capital lease assets at December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, respectively. Accumulated 
amortization of capital lease assets was $119 million and $68 million at December 31, 2016 and January 2, 
2016, respectively. Interest capitalized was $1 million and $2 million in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment—including amortization of capital lease 
assets—was $266 million, $253 million and $261 million for the fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
respectively.

68

 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
9.

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill and Other intangible assets includes the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the 
tangible net assets acquired. Other intangible assets include Customer relationships, Noncompete agreements, 
and the Brand names and trademarks comprising the Company’s portfolio of exclusive brands and trademarks. 
Brand names and trademarks are indefinite-lived intangible assets, and accordingly, are not subject to 
amortization.

Customer relationship and Noncompete agreements are intangible assets with definite lives, and are carried at 
the acquired fair value less accumulated amortization. Customer relationship and Noncompete agreements are 
amortized over the estimated useful lives (four to ten years). Amortization expense was $155 million, 
$146 million and $151 million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The weighted-average 
remaining useful life of all customer relationship intangibles was approximately 3 years at December 31, 
2016. Amortization of these customer relationship assets is estimated to be $84 million in fiscal year 2017, 
$21 million in fiscal years 2018 and 2019, and $8 million in fiscal year 2020. 

Goodwill and Other intangibles consisted of the following (in thousands):

Goodwill
Other intangibles—net

Customer relationships—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization
Net carrying value
Noncompete agreements—amortizable:
Gross carrying amount
Accumulated amortization
Net carrying value
Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing
Total Other intangibles—net

 December 31,     January 2,

2016

2016

 $ 3,908,484   $ 3,875,719 

 $ 1,393,799   $ 1,373,920 
   (1,260,011)   (1,149,572)
224,348 

133,788    

800    
(507)  
293    
252,800    
386,881   $

800 
(347)
453 
252,800 
477,601  

 $

The 2016 increase in Goodwill reflects the business acquisitions. The 2016 increase in the gross carrying 
amount of Customer relationships is attributable to the 2016 business acquisitions of $64 million – see Note 4, 
Business Acquisitions – partially offset by the write-off of fully amortized Customer relationships intangible 
assets of $44 million.

The Company assesses Goodwill and Other Intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or 
more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For Goodwill and indefinite-lived 
intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess for impairment at the beginning of each fiscal third 
quarter. For intangible assets with definite lives, the Company assesses impairment only if events occur that 
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. All Goodwill is assigned to the 
consolidated company as the reporting unit. The Company completed its most recent annual impairment 
assessment for Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of July 3, 2016—the first day of the fiscal 
third quarter of 2016—with no impairments noted.

For Goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one business segment as 
described in Note 24, Business Information. The Company’s assessment for impairment of Goodwill utilized a 
combination of discounted cash flow analysis, comparative market multiples, and comparative market 
transaction multiples, which were weighted 50%, 35% and 15% respectively, to determine the fair value of the 
reporting unit for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit 
exceeds its fair value, the Company must then perform a comparison of the implied fair value of Goodwill 
with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the Goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss 
is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based upon the Company’s fiscal 2016 annual Goodwill 
impairment analysis, the Company concluded the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded its carrying value.

69

 
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
  
    
      
 
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
The Company’s fair value estimates of the Brand names and trademarks indefinite-lived intangible assets are 
based on a relief- from-royalty method. The fair value of these intangible assets is determined for comparison 
to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value, an impairment 
loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. Based upon the Company’s fiscal 2016 annual impairment 
analysis, the Company concluded the fair value of the Company’s Brand names and trademarks exceeded its 
carrying value.

10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the accounting standards for fair value, where fair value is a market-based 
measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The Company’s fair value measurements are based on the 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering 
market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, fair value accounting standards establish a fair 
value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1—observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets 
and liabilities in active or inactive markets that are observable either directly or indirectly, or other 
inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data

Level 3—unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting 
entity to develop its own assumptions

Any transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be 
recognized as of the end of the reporting period in which the transfer occurs. There were no transfers between 
fair value levels in any of the periods presented below.

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis as of 
December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which 
those measurements fall, are as follows (in thousands):

Description
Recurring fair value measurements:

Money market funds

Balance at December 31, 2016
Balance at January 2, 2016

Contingent consideration payable for business
   acquisitions

Balance at December 31, 2016
Balance at January 2, 2016
Nonrecurring fair value measurements:

Assets held for sale

Balance at December 31, 2016
Balance at January 2, 2016

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Money Market Funds

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

  $
31,600    $
  $ 113,700    $

—    $
—    $

—    $
31,600 
—    $ 113,700 

  $
  $

  $
  $

—    $
—    $

—    $
—    $

9,775    $
—    $

9,775 
— 

—    $
—    $

—    $
—    $

—    $
2,600    $

— 
2,600  

Money market funds include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three or fewer months. They are 
valued using quoted market prices in active markets and are classified under Level 1 within the fair value 
hierarchy.

70

 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
Contingent Consideration Payable for Business Acquisitions

Certain 2016 business acquisitions involve contingent consideration in the event certain operating results are 
achieved over a one-year period from the respective dates of such acquisitions. The amount included in the 
above table represents the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration, classified under Level 3 within 
the fair value hierarchy.

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

Assets Held for Sale

The Company records Assets held for sale at the lesser of the carrying amount or estimated fair value less cost 
to sell. Certain Assets held for sale were adjusted to equal their estimated fair value, less cost to sell, resulting 
in insignificant Tangible asset impairment charges in 2016 and 2015. Fair value was estimated by the 
Company based on information received from real estate brokers. The amounts included in the tables above, 
classified under Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy, represent the estimated fair values of those Assets 
held for sale that became the new carrying amounts at the time the impairments were recorded. 

Other Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of cash, restricted cash, Accounts receivable, Bank checks outstanding, Accounts payable 
and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturities. 

The fair value of USF’s total debt approximated $3.8 billion and $4.8 billion, as compared to its aggregate 
carrying value of $3.8 billion and $4.7 billion as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, respectively. The 
December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016 fair value of USF’s 5.875% unsecured Senior Notes due June 15, 
2024, (the “2016 Senior Notes”) and Old Senior Notes, estimated at $0.6 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, 
was classified under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value based upon the closing market price at 
the end of the reporting period. The fair value of the balance of USF’s debt is primarily classified under Level 
3 of the fair value hierarchy, with fair value estimated based upon a combination of the cash outflows 
expected under these debt facilities, interest rates that are currently available to the Company for debt with 
similar terms, and estimates of USF’s overall credit risk. See Note 11, Debt for further description of USF’s 
debt.

71

11. DEBT

Total debt consisted of the following (in thousands):

Debt Description
ABL Facility
2012 ABS Facility
Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan
   (net of $13,318 of unamortized deferred
   financing costs)
Amended 2011 Term Loan (net of
   $9,848 of unamortized deferred
   financing costs)
2016 Senior Notes (net of $7,185 of
   unamortized deferred financing costs)
Old Senior Notes (net of $13,441 of
   unamortized deferred financing costs)
CMBS Fixed Facility (net of $1,473 of
   unamortized deferred financing costs)
Obligations under capital leases
Other debt
Total debt
Add unamortized premium
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

Maturity
  October 20, 2020    
 September 30, 2018   

   Interest rate at
  December 31, 2016      
3.14 %  $
1.88 

      December 31,     January 2,

2016
30,000   $
645,000    

2016

— 
586,000 

June 27, 2023

3.75 

     2,175,682    

— 

—

— 

—     2,037,652 

June 15, 2024

5.88 

592,815    

— 

—

— 

—     1,334,835 

—
2018–2025
2018–2031

— 
2.36 - 6.18 
5.75 -9.00 

—    
305,544    
32,672    

470,918 
270,406 
33,325 
     3,781,713     4,733,136 
11,652 
—    
(62,639)
(75,962)  
   $ 3,705,751   $4,682,149  

At December 31, 2016, $0.9 billion of the total debt was at a fixed rate and $2.9 billion was at a floating rate.

Principal payments to be made on outstanding debt as of December 31, 2016, were as follows (in thousands):

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter

Debt Transactions

IPO Proceeds

  $

75,962 
743,122 
76,637 
100,146 
59,017 
    2,747,332 
  $ 3,802,216  

As discussed in Note 1, Overview and Basis of Presentation, in June 2016, US Foods completed its IPO. Net 
proceeds of $1,114 million were used to redeem $1,090 million in principal of USF’s Old Senior Notes and 
pay the related $23 million early redemption premium. The balance of the Old Senior Notes was redeemed 
with proceeds from the June 2016 refinancings further discussed below.

72

 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
  
  
   
    
 
   
    
  
   
    
  
   
    
 
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
   
   
   
   
 
June 2016 Refinancings

In June 2016, USF entered into a series of transactions to refinance the $2,042 million principal of its senior 
secured term loan (the “Amended 2011 Term Loan”) and redeem the remaining $258 million principal of its 
Old Senior Notes. The Amended 2011 Term Loan was amended and restated to, among other things, increase 
the aggregate principal outstanding to $2,200 million (the “Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan”). 
Additionally, USF issued $600 million in principal amount of 2016 Senior Notes.

•

Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan Agreement–The aggregate principal of the Amended and 
Restated 2016 Term Loan of $2,200 million matures on June 27, 2023. Continuing lenders refinanced 
$1,393 million in term loan principal and purchased $238 million of additional principal from lenders 
electing not to participate in, or electing to decrease their holdings in the loan. Additionally, $569 
million in principal was sold to new lenders.

USF performed an analysis, by creditor, to determine if the terms of the newly Amended and Restated 2016 
Term Loan were substantially different from the previous term loan facility. Based upon the analysis, it was 
determined that pre-existing lenders holding a significant portion of the previous term loan facility either 
elected not to participate in the newly amended facility, or had terms that were substantially different from 
their original loan agreements. As a result, a portion of the transaction was accounted for as an extinguishment 
of debt and the contemporaneous acquisition of new debt. Pre-existing lenders holding the remaining portion 
of the newly amended facility that had terms that were not substantially different from their original loan 
agreements were accounted for as a debt modification.

•

Old Senior Notes – In June 2016, USF redeemed the remaining $258 million in aggregate principal 
amount of its Old Senior Notes for $264 million, including the remaining $6 million early redemption 
premium.

The debt redemption and refinancing transactions completed in June 2016 resulted in a loss on extinguishment 
of debt of $42 million, consisting of a $29 million early redemption premium related to the Old Senior Notes, 
$7 million of lender and third party fees, and a $6 million write-off of certain pre-existing unamortized 
deferred financing costs and premiums related to the refinanced and redeemed facilities. Unamortized deferred 
financing costs of $4 million related to the portion of the Amended 2011 Term Loan refinancing accounted for 
as a debt modification were carried forward and will be amortized through June 27, 2023—the maturity date 
of the Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan.

CMBS Fixed Facility Defeasance

On September 23, 2016, USF, through a wholly owned subsidiary, legally defeased the commercial mortgage 
backed securities facility (the “CMBS Fixed Facility”), scheduled to mature on August 1, 2017. The CMBS 
Fixed Facility, secured by mortgages on 34 distribution centers, had an outstanding balance of $471 million 
net of unamortized deferred financing costs of $1 million, and provided for interest at 6.38%. The cash outlay 
for the defeasance of $485 million represented the purchase price of U.S. government securities that would 
generate sufficient cash flow to fund interest payments from the effective date of the defeasance through, and 
including the repayment of, the $472 million principal for the CMBS Fixed Facility on February 1, 2017, the 
earliest date the loan could be prepaid. As a result of the defeasance, the mortgages on the properties were 
extinguished and all properties previously held as collateral were released. The defeasance resulted in a loss 
on extinguishment of debt of approximately $12 million consisting of the difference between the purchase 
price of the U.S. Government securities – not attributable to accrued interest through the effective date of the 
defeasance – and the outstanding principal of the CMBS Fixed Facility, and other costs of $1 million, 
consisting of unamortized deferred financing costs and other third party costs.

Following is a description of each of USF’s debt instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2016:

Revolving Credit Agreement–USF’s asset backed senior secured revolving loan facility (the “ABL Facility”) 
provides for loans under its two tranches: ABL Tranche A-1 and ABL Tranche A, with its capacity limited by 
a borrowing base. The maximum borrowing available is $1,300 million with ABL Tranche A-1 at $100 
million, and ABL Tranche A at $1,200 million. Due to the June 2016 refinancings, the maturity date of the 
ABL Facility is October 20, 2020.

73

As of December 31, 2016, USF had $30 million outstanding borrowings and had issued letters of credit 
totaling $406 million under the ABL Facility. Outstanding letters of credit included: (1) $64 million issued to 
secure USF’s obligations with respect to certain facility leases, (2) $339 million issued in favor of certain 
commercial insurers securing USF’s obligations with respect to its self-insurance programs, and (3) $3 million 
in letters of credit for other obligations. There was available capacity on the ABL Facility of $861 million at 
December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, on Tranche A-1 borrowings, USF can periodically elect to pay 
interest at an alternative base rate (“ABR”), as defined in USF’s credit agreements, plus 1.50% or the London 
Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50%. On Tranche A borrowings, USF can periodically elect to pay 
interest at ABR plus 0.25% or LIBOR plus 1.25%. The ABL Facility also carries letter of credit fees of 1.25% 
and an unused commitment fee of 0.25%. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding borrowings for 
the ABL Facility was 2.65% in fiscal year 2016. USF did not borrow on the ABL Facility in 2015.

Accounts Receivable Financing Program–Under the 2012 ABS Facility, USF sells—on a revolving basis—
its eligible receivables to the Receivables Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of USF. The Receivables 
Company, in turn, grants a continuing security interest in all of its rights, title and interest in the eligible 
receivables to the administrative agent for the benefit of the lenders (as defined by the 2012 ABS Facility). 
See Note 5, Accounts Receivable Financing Program.

The maximum capacity under the 2012 ABS Facility is $800 million. Borrowings under the 2012 ABS 
Facility were $645 million and $586 million at December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, respectively. USF, at 
its option, can request additional borrowings up to the maximum commitment, provided sufficient eligible 
receivables are available as collateral. There was available capacity on the 2012 ABS Facility of $21 million 
at December 31, 2016 based on eligible receivables as collateral. The portion of the 2012 ABS Facility held 
by the lenders who fund the 2012 ABS Facility with commercial paper bears interest at the lender’s 
commercial paper rate, plus any other costs associated with the issuance of commercial paper plus 1.00%, and 
an unused commitment fee of 0.35%. The portion of the 2012 ABS Facility held by lenders that do not fund 
the 2012 ABS Facility with commercial paper bears interest at LIBOR plus 1.00%, and an unused 
commitment fee of 0.35%. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding borrowings for the 2012 ABS 
Facility was 1.69% and 1.41% for fiscal year 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan Agreement–The Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan consists 
of a senior secured term loan with outstanding borrowings of $2,176 million at December 31, 2016, net of $13 
million of unamortized deferred financing costs. At December 31, 2016, this debt called for interest equal to 
ABR plus 2.00%, or LIBOR plus 3.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 0.75%, based on a periodic election of the 
interest rate by USF. Principal repayments of $5.5 million are payable quarterly with the balance due at 
maturity. The debt may require mandatory repayments if certain assets are sold, as defined in the agreement. 
The interest rate for all borrowings was 3.75%—the LIBOR floor of 0.75% plus 3.00%— at December 31, 
2016. As discussed in Note 25, Subsequent Events, on February 17, 2017, the Amended and Restated 2016 
Term Loan was further amended, whereby the interest rate spread on outstanding borrowings was reduced 25 
basis points, and fixed at ABR plus 1.75% or LIBOR plus 2.75%, with a LIBOR floor of 0.75%. 

2016 Senior Notes–The 2016 Senior Notes, with outstanding principal of $593 million at December 31, 2016, 
net of $7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, bear interest at 5.875%. On or after June 15, 2019, 
the 2016 Senior Notes are redeemable, at USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.938% of the 
remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date. On or after June 15, 2020 
and June 15, 2021, the optional redemption price for the 2016 Senior Notes declines to 101.469% and 100.0%, 
respectively, of the remaining principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption 
date. Prior to June 15, 2019, up to 40% of the 2016 Senior Notes may be redeemed with the aggregate 
proceeds from equity offerings, as defined in the 2016 Senior Note indenture, at a redemption premium of 
105.875%.

Other Debt–Obligations under capital leases consist of amounts due for transportation equipment and 
building leases. Other debt of $33 million at December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016 consists primarily of 
various state industrial revenue bonds. To obtain certain tax incentives related to the construction of a new 
distribution facility, USF and a wholly owned subsidiary entered into an industrial revenue bond agreement 
with a state in January 2015, for the issuance of a maximum of $40 million in taxable demand revenue bonds 
(the “TRBs”). The TRBs are self-funded as USF’s wholly owned subsidiary purchases the TRBs, and the state 
loans the proceeds back to USF. The TRBs, which mature January 1, 2030, can be prepaid without penalty 
one year after issuance. Interest on the TRBs and the loan is 6.25%. At December 31, 2016 and January 2, 

74

2016, $22 million has been drawn on TRBs resulting in $22 million being recognized as a long-term asset and 
a corresponding long-term liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Security Interests

Substantially all of USF’s assets are pledged under the various debt agreements. Debt under the 2012 ABS 
Facility is secured by certain designated receivables and, in certain circumstances, by restricted cash. The 
ABL Facility is secured by certain other designated receivables not pledged under the 2012 ABS Facility, 
inventories and tractors and trailers owned by USF. Additionally, the ABL Facility has a third priority interest 
in the assets pledged under the 2012 ABS Facility and a second priority interest in the assets pledged under 
the Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan. USF’s obligations under the Amended and Restated 2016 Term 
Loan are secured by all of the capital stock of its subsidiaries, each of the direct and indirect wholly owned 
domestic subsidiaries –as defined in the agreements– and are secured by substantially all assets of USF not 
pledged under the 2012 ABS Facility or the ABL Facility. Additionally, the Amended and Restated 2016 
Term Loan has a second priority interest in the assets pledged under the ABL Facility and the 2012 ABS 
facility.

Restrictive Covenants

USF’s credit facilities, loan agreements and indentures contain customary covenants. These include, among 
other things, covenants that restrict USF’s ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit 
liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers or consolidations. As of December 31, 2016, USF had 
$484 million of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately $2,050 million of its 
net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances 
that eliminate in consolidation.

Certain debt agreements also contain customary events of default. Those include, without limitation, the 
failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of 
representations and warranties contained in the agreements to be true, and certain insolvency events. If a 
default event occurs and continues, the principal amounts outstanding—together with all accrued unpaid 
interest and other amounts owed—may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. Were such an 
event to occur, USF would be forced to seek new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as its 
current facilities. USF’s ability to refinance its indebtedness on favorable terms—or at all—is directly affected 
by the current economic and financial conditions. In addition, USF’s ability to incur secured indebtedness 
(which may enable it to achieve more favorable terms than the incurrence of unsecured indebtedness) depends 
in part on the value of its assets. This, in turn, relies on the strength of its cash flows, results of operations, 
economic and market conditions, and other factors.

75

12. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

December 
31,
2016

    January 2,

2016

Salary, wages and bonus expenses
Operating expenses
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability    
Group medical liability
Customer rebates and other selling expenses
Restructuring
Property and sales tax
Interest payable
Other

  $ 156,999   $ 174,333 
62,147 
56,077 
22,220 
73,543 
33,500 
24,299 
2,780 
21,106 
  $ 455,815   $ 470,005 

71,140    
46,482    
27,480    
80,223    
22,623    
25,032    
3,469    
22,367    

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities:

Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability   $ 117,890   $ 116,166 
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit
   obligations
Restructuring
Unfunded lease obligation
Other

126,448 
85,344 
29,180 
29,837 
  $ 350,929   $ 386,975  

172,895    
838    
26,757    
32,549    

Total Other long-term liabilities

Self-Insured Liabilities —The Company is self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ 
compensation claims. Claims in excess of certain levels are insured. The workers’ compensation liability, 
included in the table above under “Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability,” is recorded at 
present value. This table summarizes self-insurance liability activity for the last three fiscal years (in 
thousands):

Balance at beginning of the year
Charged to costs and expenses
Payments
Balance at end of the year
Discount rate

2016
 $ 172,243 
59,366 
(67,237)   

2015
 $ 160,904 
77,242 
(65,903)   

 $ 164,372 

 $ 172,243 

2014
 $ 153,568 
65,025 
(57,689)
 $ 160,904 

1.47%  

0.82%  

0.60%

Estimated future payments for self-insured liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total self-insured liability payments
Less amount representing interest
Present value of self-insured liability payments

  $

  $

  $

47,010 
28,700 
20,398 
14,468 
10,605 
49,753 
170,934 
(6,562)
164,372  

76

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
13. RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES

The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring liabilities for the last three fiscal years (in 
thousands):

Balance at December 28, 2013
Current period charges
Change in estimate
Payments and usage—net of accretion

Balance at December 27, 2014
Current period charges
Change in estimate
Payments and usage—net of accretion

Balance at January 2, 2016
Current period charges
Change in estimate
Payments and usage—net of accretion

Balance at December 31, 2016

  Severance    
Facility
  and Related     Closing
Costs

  $

Costs
69,072    $
106     
(584)   
(12,144)   
56,450     
    175,749     
(4,196)   
    (109,369)   
    118,634     
71,514     
(21,004)   
    (146,548)   
22,596    $
  $

Total
71,218 
2,146    $
106 
—     
(1,736)
(1,152)   
(12,707)
(563)   
431     
56,881 
36      175,785 
(4,196)
—     
(257)    (109,626)
210      118,844 
74,077 
(20,737)
(2,175)    (148,723)
23,461  

2,563     
267     

865    $

The Company periodically closes or consolidates distribution facilities and implements initiatives in its 
ongoing efforts to reduce costs and improve operating effectiveness. In connection with these activities, the 
Company incurs various costs including multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities and settlements, 
severance and other employee separation costs that are included in the above table.

2016 Activities 

During fiscal year 2016, the Company incurred a net charge of $50 million for Severance and Related Costs 
associated with its efforts to streamline its field operations model, streamline its corporate back office 
organization, centralize replenishment activities and complete the closure of the Baltimore, Maryland 
distribution facility.  The Company also incurred $3 million in Facility Closing Costs related to a lease 
termination settlement.

The streamlining of the field operations model, which was announced in fiscal 2015, resulted in a 
restructuring charge of $20 million, consisting primarily of Severance and Related Costs.

The Baltimore, Maryland distribution facility was closed during 2016, and the Company incurred $15 million 
of costs associated with the closure activities.  In addition, the Company settled its fiscal 2015 estimated 
pension withdrawal liabilities associated with the Baltimore facility, and realized a benefit of $4 million.

During the Company’s fourth quarter 2016, the Company announced its plan to streamline its corporate back 
office organization, and centralize certain replenishment activities, and incurred restructuring charges of $13 
million and $7 million, respectively, consisting primarily of Severance and Related Costs.

At December 31, 2016, Severance and Related Costs primarily consisted of $3 million, $11 million and $7 
million related to the Company’s field reorganization, corporate reorganization, and replenishment 
centralization initiatives, respectively.       

2015 Activities

During fiscal year 2015, the Company incurred a net charge of $172 million primarily for Severance and 
Related Costs related to the field reorganization, closure of the Baltimore, Maryland facility and settlement of 
the Central States Teamsters Union Pension Plan (“Central States”) described below.

During 2015, the Company announced its plan to streamline the field operations model discussed above, and 
incurred a restructuring charge of $30 million, consisting primarily of Severance and Related Costs.

77

 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
The Baltimore, Maryland distribution facility closure noted above was announced in the fiscal second quarter 
of 2015. In anticipation of the closure, the Company accrued a restructuring charge of $55 million, including 
$50 million of estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities, which was settled in fiscal 2016. 

In December 2015, the Company reached a settlement with Central States as discussed in Note 17, Retirement 
Plans. The settlement relieved the Company’s participation in the “legacy” pool and settled the related legacy 
multiemployer pension withdrawal liability, and commenced the Company as a new employer in the “hybrid” 
pool of the Central States Teamsters Southeast and Southwest Area Pension Fund (“Central States Plan”). The 
payment also included the settlement of certain other Central States multiemployer pension withdrawal 
liabilities relating to facilities closed prior to 2015, and the related Eagan, Minnesota labor dispute. The 
settlement resulted in a restructuring charge of $88 million.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company was a party to consulting agreements with each of the Sponsors pursuant to which each 
Sponsor provided the Company with ongoing consulting and management advisory services and received fees 
and reimbursement of related out of pocket expenses. On June 1, 2016, the agreements with each of the 
Sponsors were terminated. For fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded $36 million in fees and expenses, 
including an aggregate termination fee of $31 million. In fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded 
$10 million in fees. All fees paid to the Sponsors, including the termination fees, are reported in Distribution, 
selling and administrative costs in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Investment 
funds or accounts managed or advised by an affiliate of KKR held less than 2% of the Company’s outstanding 
debt as of December 31, 2016.

KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, received underwriter discounts and commissions of $5 
million in connection with the Company’s IPO, described in Note 1, Overview and Basis of Presentation, and 
$1 million for services rendered in connection with the June 2016 USF debt refinancing transactions described 
in Note 11, Debt.

On January 8, 2016, the Company paid a $666 million, or $3.94 per share, one-time special cash distribution 
to its shareholders of record (including holders of unvested restricted shares) as of January 4, 2016, of which 
$657 million was paid to the Sponsors. The distribution was funded with cash on hand and approximately 
$314 million of additional borrowings under USF’s credit facilities. The Company has no current plans to pay 
future dividends on its common stock, and has never paid dividends on its common stock, other than the 
January 2016 one-time cash distribution. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made 
at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, and could be limited by USF debt covenants.

On January 31, 2017, the Company completed a secondary offering of 41,400,000 shares of its common stock 
held by investment funds associated with the Sponsors. The Company did not receive any proceeds from these 
sales. In accordance with terms of the registration rights agreement with the Sponsors, the Company has 
incurred approximately $2 million of expenses in connection with the secondary offering, approximately half 
of which has been incurred in 2016. Underwriting discounts and commissions were paid by the selling 
shareholders.  As a result of the secondary offering, each Sponsor’s ownership interest of the Company’s 
common stock was reduced to approximately 28.34% as of January 31, 2016.

15.

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES, REDEEMABLE COMMON 
STOCK AND COMMON STOCK   

The Company’s 2007 Plan and 2016 Plan (collectively, the “Incentive Plans”) provide for the sale of common 
stock to named executive officers and other key employees and directors. They also allow for grants of 1) 
stock options to purchase shares of common stock, 2) stock appreciation rights, and 3) restricted stock and 
restricted stock units to certain individuals. The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee of the 
Board of Directors is authorized to select the officers, employees and directors eligible to participate in the 
Incentive Plans. Either the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee may determine the specific 
number of shares to be offered, or options, stock appreciation rights or restricted stock to be granted to an 
employee or director. 

78

In May 2013, the 2007 Plan was amended to, among other things, increase the number of shares of common 
stock available for grant—from approximately 11.7 million shares to approximately 19.7 million shares.

In June 2016, the 2016 Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the Company’s 
shareholders.  The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of up to 9 million shares of common stock or stock-based 
awards.

Employee Put Option—There were no terminations in 2014 or 2015 that triggered the put right and, 
therefore, met the criteria for liability treatment. As such, there was no impact on stock-based compensation 
costs for these respective periods.

In addition, in connection with the IPO, the management stockholder’s agreement was amended to remove the 
put option; accordingly, the entire amount reflected in Redeemable common stock was reclassified to 
Shareholders’ equity during the second quarter of 2016. See Redeemable Common Stock in Note 2, Summary 
of Significant Accounting Policies, for further discussion.  After the IPO, all common stock and common 
stock award activity was recorded within Shareholders’ Equity.

Company Call Option—During 2014, 2015, and 2016, there were terminations in which the Company 
believed it was probable that it would exercise its call right and, therefore, met the criteria for liability 
treatment with minimal impact on the stock-based compensation expense. As of January 2, 2016, an award 
liability totaling $0.6 million was reclassified out of Redeemable common stock and into accrued expenses 
and other current liabilities.

The Company measures compensation expense for share-based awards at the fair value at the date of grant, 
and recognizes compensation expense over the service period for share-based awards expected to vest. Total 
compensation expense related to share-based payment arrangements was $18 million, $16 million and $12 
million for fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. No share-based compensation cost was capitalized 
as part of the cost of an asset during those years. The total income tax benefit recorded in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) was $6 million in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, and $4 million in 
fiscal year 2014.

Common Stock Issuances—Certain employees have purchased shares of common stock, pursuant to a 
management stockholder’s agreement associated with the 2007 Plan. These shares are subject to the terms and 
conditions (including certain restrictions) of each management stockholder’s agreement, other documents 
signed at the time of purchase, as well as transfer limitations under the applicable law. 

In August 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Stock Purchase Plan.  The purpose of the 
Stock Purchase Plan is to provide eligible employees with the opportunity to acquire common shares of the 
company.  An eligible employee is a person that: 1) is employed by the company, and 2) has provided 
continuous service, works a minimum of 20 hours per week, and works a minimum of five months throughout 
the year.  A person will not be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights if, immediately after the grant of 
such purchase right, the person owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting 
power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any Subsidiary.  

Participation in the Stock Purchase Plan occurs via payroll deferrals with share purchases occurring quarterly. 
Shares are purchased based on the closing price of the stock at the end of the designated purchase period. The 
Stock Purchase Plan provides participants with a discount of up to 15% of the fair market value of the 
common stock, so the plan is considered compensatory.  For fiscal year 2016, the Company recorded $0.8 
million of stock-based compensation expense associated with the Stock Purchase Plan.

Stock Option Awards—The Company granted to certain employees time-based vesting options (“Time 
Options”) and performance-based vesting options (“Performance Options”), and collectively the (“Options”) 
to purchase common shares. These Options are subject to the restrictions set forth in the stock option 
agreements. Shares purchased pursuant to option exercises are governed by the restrictions in the relevant 
Incentive Plan and management stockholder’s agreements. The Options also contain certain anti-dilution 
protection provisions.

The amount of Redeemable common stock ascribed to stock option awards was $0 at January 2, 2016 because 
the strike price of the stock option awards was equal to the fair value at date of grant. See Redeemable 
Common Stock in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for further discussion. 

79

The Time Options vest and become exercisable ratably over periods of four to five years. This happens either 
on the anniversary date of the grant or the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year issued. In 
fiscal 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recognized $4 million, $3 million, and $3 million, respectively, in 
compensation expense related to Time Options.

The Performance Options also vest and become exercisable ratably over four to five years, either on the 
anniversary date of the grant or the last day of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year issued), 
provided that the Company achieves an annual operating performance target as defined in the applicable stock 
option agreements.  The award agreements establish annual and cumulative targets for each year at the 
beginning of each respective fiscal year. In this case, the grant date under GAAP is not determined until the 
performance target for the related options is known. The agreements also provide for “catch-up vesting” of the 
Performance Options, if an annual operating performance target is not achieved, but a cumulative operating 
performance target is achieved. 

The Company achieved the annual and cumulative operating performance targets in 2016 and recorded a 
compensation charge of $4 million for the Performance Options. The Company achieved the annual and 
cumulative performance targets in fiscal year 2015 and recorded a compensation charge of $5 million for the 
Performance Options. The charge consisted of $3 million relating to fiscal year 2015 and $2 million related 
Performance Options granted in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, which met cumulative performance targets 
in 2015. The Company achieved the annual performance target in fiscal year 2014 and recorded a 
compensation charge of $4 million for the Performance Options relating to fiscal year 2014. 

The Options are nonqualified options, with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of a share of 
common stock at the date of the grant. The Options have exercise prices ranging from $8.51 to $23.50 per 
share and generally have a 10-year life. The fair value of each option award is estimated as of the date of grant 
using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The weighted-average assumptions for options granted in fiscal years 2016 and 2015 are included in the 
following table. No options were granted in fiscal year 2014.

Expected volatility
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)

2016

2015

28.8%   
— 
1.5%   
5.9 

36.6%
— 
1.6%
4.8  

Expected volatility is calculated leveraging the historical volatility of public companies similar to US Foods. 
The assumed dividend yield is zero, because the Company has not historically paid dividends. However, as 
further discussed in Note 14, Related Party Transactions, the Company did pay a special cash distribution in 
January 2016, which was considered one-time in nature. The risk-free interest rate is the implied zero-coupon 
yield for U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity approximately equal to the expected term, as of the grant 
date. Due to a lack of relevant historical data, the simplified approach was used to determine the expected 
term of the options.

The summary of Options outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2016 is presented below.

   Weighted-  

Outstanding at January 2, 2016
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2016

Time

   Performance     Total
    Options

    Options

  Options
  4,382,888     3,461,790    7,844,678   $
714,776    1,948,524   $
  1,233,748    
(395,526)   (808,164) $
   (412,638)  
   (230,281)  
(92,848)   (323,129)  $
  4,973,717     3,688,192    8,661,909   $
  3,136,255     3,088,352    6,224,607   $

Years

   Weighted-  Weighted-   Average
    Average    Average    Remaining  
   Exercise    Contractual 
    Fair
   Price
    Value
5.45  $ 14.76 * 
6.28  $ 21.18      
5.26  $ 10.52      
6.59  $ 17.79      
5.65  $ 12.91    
5.27  $ 10.43    

5.4 
4.0  

*    Per share exercise price was subsequently reduced by $3.65 to reflect the change in value resulting from the January 2016 

one-time special cash distribution.

80

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
     
      
     
      
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted in fiscal years 2016 and 2015 was $6.28 and 
$6.91, respectively. There were no options granted in fiscal year 2014. In fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, 
the Company recorded $8 million, $8 million and $7 million, respectively, in compensation expense related to 
the Options. The stock compensation expense—representing the fair value of stock options vested during the 
year—is reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in Distribution, selling 
and administrative costs. During fiscal year 2016, 412,638 Time Options and 395,526 Performance Options 
were exercised by terminated employees for a cash outflow of $4 million, representing the excess of fair value 
over exercise price. During fiscal year 2015, 773,696 Time Options and 682,920 Performance Options were 
exercised by terminated employees for a cash outflow of $6 million, representing the excess of fair value over 
exercise price. During fiscal year 2014, 4,444 Time Options and 3,703 Performance Options were exercised 
by terminated employees for a minimal cash outflow, representing the excess of fair value over exercise price.

As of December 31, 2016, there was $10 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to 
2.4 million nonvested Options expected to vest under the Stock Option Agreements. That cost is expected to 
be recognized over a weighted-average period of three years.

Restricted Shares—Certain employees received restricted shares (the “Restricted Shares”) in fiscal year 
2016. These shares were granted under the 2016 Plan and contain non-forfeitable dividend rights. Restricted 
Shares vest ratably over periods of primarily two to five years. However, during fiscal 2016, the Company 
granted a special award to employees that permitted immediate vesting. No Restricted Shares were issued in 
fiscal year 2015 or 2014. The amount of Redeemable common stock ascribed to vested Restricted Shares was 
$4 million at January 2, 2016. See Redeemable Common Stock in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting 
Policies, for further discussion.   

The summary of nonvested Restricted Shares outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2016 is presented 
below: 

Nonvested at January 2, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2016

Weighted-
Average
Fair
Value

Restricted
Shares

7,037    $ 16.20 
    108,471    $ 14.58 
    (115,184)  $ 14.67 
(324)  $ 16.20 
—  

—    $

The weighted-average grant date fair value for Restricted Shares granted in 2016 was $14.58.  Expense of $2 
million and $1 million related to the Restricted Shares was recorded in Distribution, selling and administrative 
costs during fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively. The 2014 expense related to the Restricted Shares of $1 
million was offset by an adjustment of prior year expense. At December 31, 2016, there was no unrecognized 
compensation cost related to the Restricted Shares. 

Restricted Stock Units—Beginning in 2013, certain employees received time-based vesting restricted stock 
units (“Time Restricted Stock Units”) and performance-based vesting restricted stock units (“Performance 
Restricted Stock Units,” and collectively the “RSUs”) granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan and, after the IPO, 
pursuant to the 2016 Plan. The RSUs also contain certain anti-dilution protection provisions. Time RSUs 
generally vest and become exercisable ratably over four years, starting on the anniversary date of grant. In 
fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recognized $4 million, $3 million, and $2 million, 
respectively in compensation expense related to Time RSUs.

81

 
 
   
 
   
   
   
Performance RSUs also vest and become exercisable ratably over four years either on the anniversary date of 
the grant or the last day of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal year issued), provided that the Company 
achieves an annual operating performance target as defined in the applicable restricted stock unit agreements 
(“Restricted Stock Unit Agreements”). The Restricted Stock Unit Agreements also provide for “catch-up 
vesting” of the Performance RSUs if an annual operating performance target is not achieved, but a cumulative 
operating performance target is achieved. Similar to options, the RSU award agreements do not include 
performance targets for all years covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. Instead, the Company 
established annual targets for each year at the beginning of each fiscal year. In this case, the grant date under 
GAAP is not determined until the performance target for the related Performance RSU is known.

The Company achieved the annual and cumulative operating performance targets in 2016 and recorded a 
compensation charge of $4 million. The Company achieved the annual and cumulative operating performance 
targets in 2015 and recorded a compensation charge of $4 million. The 2015 charge consisted of $3 million 
relating to fiscal year 2015, and $1 million related to Performance RSUs granted in 2013 which met 
cumulative performance targets in 2015. The Company achieved the annual operating performance target in 
2014 and recorded a compensation charge of $3 million in 2014 for the Performance RSUs. 

The amount of Redeemable common stock ascribed to RSUs was $10 million at January 2, 2016. See 
Redeemable Common Stock in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, for further discussion.  

The summary of nonvested RSUs outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2016 is presented below.

Nonvested at January 2, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at December 31, 2016 

Time
  Restricted  
Stock
Units

Total
  Restricted  
Stock
Units

 Performance 
  Restricted  
  Stock Units  
    502,769      234,727      737,496    $
    410,984      326,206      737,190    $
    (193,701)    (279,483)    (473,184)  $
(39,177)    (121,893)  $
    637,336      242,273      879,609    $

(82,716)   

  Weighted-  
  Average

Fair
Value

17.41 
18.75 
13.47 
16.06 
17.68  

The weighted-average grant date fair values for RSUs granted in fiscal year 2016 was $18.75.  Expense of $8 
million, $7 million and $5 million related to the Restricted Stock Units was recorded in Distribution, selling 
and administrative costs during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

At December 31, 2016, there was $10 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to 0.9 million RSUs 
that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.

Equity Appreciation Rights—The Company has an Equity Appreciation Rights (“EAR”) Plan for certain 
employees. Each EAR represents one phantom share of US Foods common stock. The EARs also contain 
certain anti-dilution protection provisions. The EARs become vested and payable at the time of a qualified 
public offering of equity shares, at the time of involuntary termination, or a change in control, as defined in 
the agreement. EARs are forfeited upon voluntary termination of the participant’s employment. The EARs 
will be settled in cash upon vesting and, accordingly, are considered liability instruments. No EARs were 
granted during fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014. During 2016, the Company recorded a compensation charge 
of $1 million for EARs exercised by involuntarily terminated employees.

As the EARs are liability instruments, the fair value of the vested awards is re-measured each reporting period 
until the award is settled. Since vesting of all outstanding EARs is contingent upon performance conditions, as 
defined in. the EAR plan, and currently not considered probable, no compensation costs have been recorded to 
date for the outstanding EARs.  As of December 31, 2016, there were a total of 454,656 EARs outstanding 
with a weighted average exercise price of $9.81 per share.  

82

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Redeemable Common Stock—As previously described, after the IPO, all amounts reflected in Redeemable 
common stock were reclassified to Shareholders’ equity. Since the Company Call Option is the sole remaining 
redemption feature, there were no amounts attributed to Redeemable common stock in periods after the 
second quarter of 2016. The summary of changes in Redeemable common stock during fiscal years 2016, 
2015 and 2014 is presented below (dollars in thousands).

  Number of
Shares

    Dollars

Loans

Total
   Redeemable  
   Management     Common  

BALANCE—December 28, 2013

Issuance of Redeemable common stock
Redeemable common stock repurchased
Payments on management loans
Share-based compensation expense for
Redeemable common stock awards

BALANCE—December 27, 2014

Issuance of Redeemable common stock
Redeemable common stock repurchased
Reclassification to award liability
Share-based compensation expense for
Redeemable common stock awards

BALANCE—January 2, 2016

Issuance of Redeemable common stock
Redeemable common stock repurchased
Share-based compensation expense for
Redeemable common stock awards
Reclassification to shareholders' equity

BALANCE—December 31, 2016

  2,601,296   $
193,089    
(40,206)  
—    

38,090   $
169    
(744)  
—    

(167) $
—    
—    
167    

—    
  2,754,179    
    1,720,923    
   (2,116,483)  
—    

5,169    
42,684    
20,478    
(31,878)  
(619)  

—    
  2,358,619    
303,946    
(140,194)  

7,776    
38,441    
2,850    
(1,467)  

—    
   (2,522,371)  
—   $

3,287    
(43,111)  
—   $

—    
—    
—    
—    
—    

—    
—    
—    
—    

—    

—   $

Stock
37,923 
169 
(744)
167 

5,169 
42,684 
20,478 
(31,878)
(619)

7,776 
38,441 
2,850 
(1,467)

3,287 
(43,111)
—  

16. LEASES

The Company leases various warehouse and office facilities and certain equipment under operating and capital 
lease agreements that expire at various dates and in some instances contain renewal provisions. The Company 
expenses operating lease costs, including any scheduled rent increases, rent holidays or landlord 
concessions—on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company also has an unfunded lease obligation 
on a distribution facility through 2023.

Future minimum lease payments under the above mentioned noncancelable lease agreements, together with 
contractual sublease income, as of December 31, 2016, are as follows (in thousands):

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments (receipts)
Less amount representing interest
Present value of minimum lease payments  $

 Unfunded Lease    Capital
    Leases
  Obligation
 $

    Operating     Sublease     
    Leases

Income

Net

(984) $ 99,758 
4,269   $ 64,276   $ 32,197  $
(58)   113,004 
4,269     82,163     26,630   
(59)   91,251 
4,663     60,520     26,127   
(72)   81,768 
4,809     51,992     25,039   
(54)   64,746 
4,809     39,390     20,601   
9,619     39,803     34,838   
—     84,260 
32,438     338,144   $ 165,432  $ (1,227) $ 534,787 
(7,677)   (32,600)  
24,761   $ 305,544    

83

 
  
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
 
  
 
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
  
   
   
   
     
     
     
  
   
   
   
   
     
     
     
  
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
  
    
     
  
Total operating lease expense, included in Distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) was $43 million, $44 million and $44 million in 
fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

17. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company has defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans for its employees, and provides 
certain health care benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. Also, the Company contributes to various 
multiemployer plans under certain of its collective bargaining agreements. 

Company Sponsored Defined Benefit Plans —The Company has historically maintained several qualified 
retirement plans and a nonqualified retirement plan (“Retirement Plans”) that pay benefits to certain 
employees at retirement, using formulas based on a participant’s years of service and compensation. Effective 
December 31, 2016, the Company’s qualified defined benefit retirement plans were merged into a single plan.  
The plan merger, expected to reduce plan administrative costs, had no effect on the Company’s pension 
benefit obligations, as the merger did not change the benefits to the underlying plan participants.  The 
Company also maintains postretirement health and welfare plans for certain employees, of which components 
are included in the tables below under Other Postretirement Plans. Amounts related to defined benefit plans 
and Other Postretirement Plans recognized in the consolidated financial statements are determined on an 
actuarial basis.

The components of net periodic pension and other postretirement benefit costs (credits) for the last three fiscal 
years were as follows (in thousands):

Components of net periodic pension costs:

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of prior service cost
Amortization of net loss
Settlements
Special termination benefit

Net periodic pension costs

Components of net periodic other postretirement
    benefit costs (credits):

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
Amortization of net (gain) loss
Curtailment gain

Net periodic other postretirement benefit costs
   (credits)

  $

  $

  $

2016

Pension Benefits
2015

2014

3,849    $
40,459     
(48,296)   
157     
8,255     
4,487     
—     
8,911    $

32,582    $
39,628     
(54,881)   
195     
10,394     
3,358     
422     
31,698    $

27,729 
37,468 
(47,396)
198 
2,294 
2,370 
— 
22,663  

Other Postretirement Plans
2015

2014

2016

37    $
296     
6     
(71)   
—     

37    $
264     
(62)   
14     
—     

79 
318 
(334)
(75)
(2,096)

  $

268    $

253    $

(2,108)

Net periodic pension costs for fiscal years 2016, 2015, and 2014 includes $4 million, $3 million, and 
$2 million, respectively, of settlement charges resulting from lump-sum payments to former employees 
participating in several Company sponsored pension plans. The net periodic other postretirement benefit 
credits for fiscal year 2014 includes a $2 million curtailment gain resulting from a labor negotiation that 
eliminated postretirement medical coverage for substantially all active participants in one plan.

84

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
      
  
   
   
   
   
Effective September 30, 2015, non-union participants’ benefits of a USF sponsored defined benefit pension 
plan were frozen, resulting in a reduction in the benefit obligation included in Other long term liabilities of 
approximately $91 million, including a $73 million curtailment, with a corresponding decrease to 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss. At the remeasurement date, the plan’s net loss included in 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss exceeded the reduction in the plan’s benefit obligation and, 
accordingly, no net curtailment gain or loss was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive 
Income (Loss). As a result of the plan freeze, actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average 
remaining life expectancy of inactive participants rather than the average remaining service lives of active 
participants.

In the second quarter of 2016, the Company recorded a $22 million increase to its pension obligation, with a 
corresponding increase to Accumulated other comprehensive loss, to correct a computational error related to 
the September 30, 2015 USF pension plan freeze discussed above. The Company determined the error did not 
materially impact the financial statements for any of the periods reported. The fiscal year 2016 decrease in net 
periodic pension costs is primarily attributable to the September 30, 2015 USF pension plan freeze.

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in Other comprehensive loss for pension and Other 
postretirement benefits for the last three fiscal years were as follows (in thousands): 

Changes recognized in other comprehensive loss:

Actuarial loss
Curtailment
Prior year correction
Amortization of prior service cost
Amortization of net loss
Settlements

Net amount recognized

2016

Pension Benefits
2015

2014

  $ (64,296)  $
—     
(21,917)   
157     
8,255     
4,487     
$ (73,314)  $

(3,171)  $ (160,345)
— 
73,191     
— 
—     
198 
195     
2,294 
10,394     
2,370 
3,358     
83,967    $ (155,483)

Other Postretirement Plans
2015

2014

2016

Changes recognized in other comprehensive loss:

Actuarial (loss) gain
Prior service (cost) credit
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
Amortization of net loss (gain)
Curtailment

Net amount recognized

  $

$

(174)  $
—     
6     
(71)   
—     
(239)  $

1,035    $
(1,291)   
(62)   
14     
—     
(304)  $

(986)
3,612 
(334)
(75)
(2,096)
121  

85

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
For the defined benefit pension plans, the fiscal year 2016 actuarial loss of $74 million was primarily due to a 
decrease in discount rates. The 2015 actuarial gain of $73 million was primarily due to an increase in discount 
rates.

The funded status of the defined benefit plans for the last three fiscal years was as follows (in thousands):  

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial loss (gain)
Curtailment
Prior year correction
Settlements
Special termination benefit
Benefit disbursements

Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
Return on plan assets
Employer contribution
Settlements
Benefit disbursements

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

Net amount recognized

2016

Pension Benefits
2015

2014

  $ 862,886    $ 970,469    $ 733,752 
27,729 
32,582     
39,628     
37,468 
(73,282)    199,807 
— 
(73,191)   
— 
—     
(11,517)
(15,287)   
— 
422     
(16,770)
(18,455)   
    966,234      862,886      970,469 

3,849     
40,459     
73,855     
—     
21,917     
(16,002)   
—     
(20,730)   

57,855     
35,702     
(16,002)   
(20,730)   

    742,341      749,166      641,749 
86,857 
48,847 
(11,517)
(16,770)
    799,166      742,341      749,166 
$ (167,068)  $ (120,545)  $ (221,303)

(21,572)   
48,489     
(15,287)   
(18,455)   

Other Postretirement Plans
2015

2014

2016

  $

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Employee contributions
Actuarial loss (gain)
Curtailment
Plan amendment
Benefit disbursements

Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
Employer contribution
Employee contributions
Benefit disbursements

Fair value of plan assets at end of period

Net amount recognized

  $

6,974    $
37     
296     
204     
174     
—     
—     
(733)   
6,952     

—     
529     
204     
(733)   
—     
(6,952)  $

6,789    $
37     
264     
209     
(1,035)   
—     
1,291     
(581)   
6,974     

—     
372     
209     
(581)   
—     
(6,974)  $

9,375 
79 
318 
215 
986 
(3,612)
— 
(572)
6,789 

— 
357 
215 
(572)
— 
(6,789)

86

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Accrued benefit obligation—current
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
Amounts recognized in Accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Prior service cost
Net loss

Net loss recognized in Accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
Additional information:

2016

Pension Benefits
2015

2014

(549)  $

  $
(453)
    (166,519)    (119,999)    (220,850)

(546)  $

  $ (167,068)  $ (120,545)  $ (221,303)

281    $

  $
634 
    221,146      147,675      231,446 

438    $

  $ 221,427    $ 148,113    $ 232,080 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $ 963,008    $ 854,858    $ 888,937  

Other Postretirement Plans
2015

2014

2016

Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Accrued benefit obligation—current
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
Amounts recognized in Accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Net gain

Net gain recognized in Accumulated other
   comprehensive loss

  $

(576)  $
(6,376)   

(525)  $
(6,449)   

(533)
(6,256)

  $

(6,952)  $

(6,974)  $

(6,789)

  $

  $

825 

 $

1,064    $

1,368 

825 

 $

1,064    $

1,368  

Pension
Benefits

Other
Postretirement
Benefits

Amounts expected to be amortized from
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss in the
   next fiscal year:
Net loss (gain)
Prior service cost

Net expected to be amortized

 $

 $

3,998  $
138   
4,136  $

(149)
6 
(143)

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at period-end and net pension costs for 
the last three fiscal years were as follows: 

Benefit obligation:
Discount rate
Annual compensation increase

Net cost:

Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Annual compensation increase

2016

Pension Benefits
2015

2014

4.25%   
3.60%   

4.64%   
3.60%   

4.64%   
6.50%   
3.60%   

4.25%   
7.00%   
3.60%   

4.25%
3.60%

5.19%
7.25%
3.60%

87

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
      
  
   
   
  
  
      
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
Other Postretirement Plans
2015

2014

2016

Benefit obligation—discount rate
Net cost—discount rate

4.25%   
4.40%   

4.40%   
4.05%   

4.05%
4.80%

The measurement dates for the pension and other postretirement benefit plans were December 31, 2016, 
December 31, 2015 and December 27, 2014. The Company applies the practical expedient under ASU No. 
2015-04, to measure defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is 
closest to its fiscal year-end. 

A health care cost trend rate is used in the calculations of postretirement medical benefit plan obligations. The 
assumed healthcare trend rates for the last three fiscal years were as follows: 

Immediate rate
Ultimate trend rate
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

2016

2015

2014

7.40%   
4.50%   
2037 

7.40%   
4.50%   
2038 

7.10%
4.50%
2028  

A 1% change in the rate would result in a change to the postretirement medical plan obligation of less than $1 
million. Retirees covered under these plans are responsible for the cost of coverage in excess of the subsidy, 
including all future cost increases.

In determining the discount rate, the Company determines the implied rate of return on a hypothetical 
portfolio of high-quality fixed-income investments, for which the timing and amount of cash outflows 
approximates the estimated pension plan payouts. The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and 
revised as appropriate.

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is derived from a mathematical asset model. This model 
incorporates assumptions on the various asset class returns, reflecting a combination of historical performance 
analysis and the forward-looking views of the financial markets regarding the yield on long-term bonds and 
the historical returns of the major stock markets. The rate of return assumption is reviewed annually and 
revised as deemed appropriate.

The investment objective for our Company sponsored plans is to provide a common investment platform. 
Investment managers—overseen by the USF Retirement Administration Committee—are expected to adopt 
and maintain an asset allocation strategy for the plans’ assets designed to address the Retirement Plans’ 
liability structure. The Company has developed an asset allocation policy and rebalancing policy. We review 
the major asset classes, through consultation with investment consultants, at least quarterly to determine if the 
plan assets are performing as expected. The Company’s 2016 strategy targeted a mix of 50% equity securities 
and 50% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents. The actual mix of investments at December 31, 2016, 
was 50% equity securities and 50% long-term debt securities and cash equivalents. The Company plans to 
manage the actual mix of investments to achieve its target mix.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
The following table (in thousands) sets forth the fair value of our defined benefit plans’ assets by asset fair 
value hierarchy level.

Cash and cash equivalents
Equities:

Domestic
International

Mutual funds:

Domestic equities
International equities
Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic
International

U.S. government securities
Government agencies securities
Other

Common collective trust funds:

Cash equivalents
Domestic equities
International equities
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Mutual funds:

Domestic equities
International equities
Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic
International

U.S. government securities
Government agencies securities
Other

Common collective trust funds:

Cash equivalents
Domestic equities
International equities
Total investments measured at net asset value
     as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

Asset Fair Value as of December 31, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

  $

10,073    $

—    $

—    $

Total
10,073 

30,759     
829     

37,711     
28,975     

—     
—     

—     
—     

—      196,743     
—     
20,120     
—      154,007     
7,548     
—     
2,545     
—     
  $ 108,347    $ 380,963    $

—     
—     

30,759 
829 

—     
—     

37,711 
28,975 

—      196,743 
—     
20,120 
—      154,007 
7,548 
—     
—     
2,545 
—      489,310 

6,447 
       244,152 
59,257 

       309,856 
     $ 799,166  

Asset Fair Value as of January 2, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

  $

4,576    $

—    $

—    $

4,576 

33,033     
26,760     

—     
—     

—     
—     

33,033 
26,760 

—      181,973     
18,000     
—     
—      143,904     
7,789     
—     
3,216     
—     
64,369    $ 354,882    $

  $

—      181,973 
18,000 
—     
—      143,904 
7,789 
—     
—     
3,216 
—      419,251 

5,272 
       264,534 
53,284 

       323,090 
     $ 742,341  

89

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
      
   
      
      
   
      
      
A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value is as follows:

•

•

•

•

Cash and cash equivalents are valued at original cost plus accrued interest.

Equities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual securities are 
traded.

Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual funds are 
traded.

Common collective trust funds are valued at the net asset value of the shares held at the December 31, 
2016 and 2015 measurement dates. This class represents investments in actively managed, common 
collective trust funds that invest primarily in equity securities, which may include common stocks, 
options and futures. Investments are valued at the net asset value per share, multiplied by the number of 
shares held as of the measurement date.

•

Long-term debt securities are valued at the estimated price a dealer will pay for the individual securities.

Estimated future benefit payments, under Company sponsored plans as of December 31, 2016, were as 
follows (in thousands):

2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Subsequent five years

Pension
Benefits

Postretirement
Plans

 $

51,338  $
37,227   
41,116   
42,688   
44,445   
236,195   

588 
589 
569 
576 
562 
2,517  

The Company expects to contribute $36 million to the Retirement Plans in fiscal year 2017. 

Other Company Sponsored Benefit Plans —Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in a 
Company sponsored defined contribution 401(k) Plan which provides for Company matching on the 
participant’s contributions of up to 100% of the first 3% of participant’s compensation and 50% of the next 
2% of a participant’s compensation, for a maximum Company matching contribution of 4%. In fiscal year 
2014 and through the fiscal third quarter of 2015, Company matching contributions were 50% of the first 6% 
of a participant’s compensation. The Company’s contributions to this plan were $44 million, $32 million and 
$26 million in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company, at its discretion, may make 
additional contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company made no discretionary contributions under the 
401(k) plan in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Multiemployer Pension Plans —The Company contributes to numerous multiemployer pension plans under 
the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover certain of its union-represented employees. The 
Company does not administer these multiemployer pension plans.

The risks of participating in multiemployer pension plans differ from traditional single-employer defined 
benefit plans as follows:

•

•

•

Assets contributed to a multiemployer pension plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to 
the employees of other participating employers.

If a participating employer stops contributing to a multiemployer pension plan, the unfunded obligations 
of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

If the Company elects to stop participation in a multiemployer pension plan, or if the number of the 
Company’s employees participating in a plan is reduced to a certain degree over certain periods of time, 
the Company may be required to pay a withdrawal liability based upon the underfunded status of the 
plan.

90

 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
The Company’s participation in multiemployer pension plans for the year ended December 31, 2016, is 
outlined in the tables below. The Company considers significant plans to be those plans to which the 
Company contributed more than 5% of total contributions to the plan in a given plan year, or for which the 
Company believes its estimated withdrawal liability—should it decide to voluntarily withdraw from the 
plan—may be material to the Company. For each plan that is considered individually significant to the 
Company, the following information is provided.

•

•

•

•

•

The EIN/Plan Number column provides the Employee Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-
digit plan number (“PN”) assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue Service.

The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available for 2016 and 2015 is for the plan 
years beginning in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The zone status is based on information provided to 
participating employers by each plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. A plan in the red zone has 
been determined to be in critical status, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code 
(the “Code”), and is generally less than 65% funded. A plan in the yellow zone has been determined to 
be in endangered status, based on criteria established under the Code, and is generally less than 80% but 
more than 65% funded. A plan in the green zone has been determined to be neither in critical status nor 
in endangered status, and is generally at least 80% funded.

The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement 
plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. In addition to 
regular plan contributions, participating employers may be subject to a surcharge if the plan is in the red 
zone.

The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether a surcharge has been imposed on participating 
employers contributing to the plan.

The Expiration Dates column indicates the expiration dates of the collective-bargaining agreements to 
which the plans are subject.

Pension Fund

Western Conference of Teamsters
   Pension Trust Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing
   Industry Pension Plan
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of
   Philadelphia and Vicinity
Truck Drivers & Helpers Local
   355 Pension Fund
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and
   Food Employees’ Pension Plan
United Teamsters Trust Fund A
Warehouse Employees Local
   169 and Employers Joint
   Pension Fund
Warehouse Employees Local
   No. 570 Pension Fund
Local 705 I.B. of T. Pension
   Trust Fund

EIN/
Plan Number

PPA
Zone Status

2016

2015

FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented  

Surcharge
Imposed   Expiration Dates

  91-6145047/001  Green   Green  

N/A

  No

3/1/17 to 
9/30/20

  41-6047047/001  Green   Green   Implemented  No

4/1/17

  23-1511735/001  Yellow   Yellow   Implemented  No

2/10/18

  52-6043608-001  N/A(1)

  Yellow   Implemented  No

N/A(1)

  36-6491473/001  Green   Green  
  No
  13-5660513/001  Yellow   Yellow   Implemented  No

N/A

6/30/18
5/30/19

  23-6230368/001  Red

  Red

  Implemented  No

2/10/18

  52-6048848/001  N/A(1)

  Green  

N/A

  No

N/A(1)

  36-6492502/001  Red

  Red

  Implemented  No

12/29/18

(1)

The Company ceased operations at its Baltimore, Maryland distribution center in June 2016 and reached 
closure agreements with Local 570 and Local 355 in June 2016 and October 2016, respectively. As noted 
below, the Company reached an agreement with the respective plan administrators to settle the 
related multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information about the Company’s contributions to its multiemployer pension 
plans. For plans that are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of USF contributions is 
aggregated. Prior year contribution amounts have been reclassified to Other Funds for a plan no longer 
considered significant in 2016.

USF Contribution(1)(2)
(in thousands)
2015

2016

2014

  USF Contributions  
   Exceed 5% of
Total Plan 
Contributions(3)

   2015

   2014  

Pension Fund
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Trust Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity
Truck Drivers and Helpers Local 355 Pension Fund(2)(4)
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ Pension Plan
United Teamsters Trust Fund A
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers Joint Pension Fund  
Warehouse Employees Local No. 570 Pension Fund(2)(4)
Local 705 I.B. of T. Pension Trust Fund
Other Funds

 $ 10,104  $ 10,227  $
5,200   
3,461   
1,321   
1,366   
1,554   
897   
908   
2,729   
5,967   

5,162   
3,442   
648   
1,258   
1,668   
900   
457   
2,923   
6,074   

No  
No 
9,761  
Yes   Yes 
5,026  
No  
No 
3,163  
Yes   Yes 
1,373  
Yes   Yes 
1,282  
Yes   Yes 
1,537  
Yes   Yes 
907  
Yes   Yes 
863  
2,479  
No 
No  
5,653    —    — 

(1) Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, which may not coincide with the plans’ 

fiscal years.

 $ 32,636  $ 33,630  $ 32,044   

(2) Contributions do not include payments related to multiemployer pension withdrawals/settlements.
(3)

Indicates whether the Company was listed in the respective multiemployer plan Form 5500 for the applicable 
plan year as having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan.
The Company ceased operations at its Baltimore, Maryland distribution center in June 2016. In December 
2016, the Company reached a settlement agreement with the respective plan administrators and paid $46 
million to settle its multiemployer pension withdrawal liabilities associated with the Baltimore, Maryland 
facility.

(4)

In 2015, the Company reached a settlement with Central States consisting of a $97 million cash payment made 
on December 30, 2015. This Central States settlement relieved the Company of its participation in the 
“legacy” Central States plan and its associated legacy off balance sheet withdrawal liability. It also settled all 
withdrawal liabilities related to two facilities closed in 2008. This settlement commenced the Company’s 
participation in the “Hybrid” Central States Plan, which adopted an alternative method for determining an 
employer’s unfunded obligation that would limit USF’s funding obligations to the pension fund in the future. 
Accordingly, the Company agreed to future annual minimum contribution payments through 2023 of no less 
than 90% of the 2015 contributions for the ongoing operations under the related facilities’ union contracts.

If the Company elected to voluntarily withdraw from further multiemployer pension plans, it would be 
responsible for its proportionate share of the respective plan’s unfunded vested liability. Based on the latest 
information available from plan administrators, the Company estimates its aggregate withdrawal liability from 
the multiemployer pension plans in which it participates to be approximately $120 million as of December 31, 
2016. Actual withdrawal liabilities incurred by the Company—if it were to withdraw from one or more 
plans—could be materially different from the estimates noted here, based on better or more timely information 
from plan administrators or other changes affecting the respective plan’s funded status. 

92

 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
    
  
18. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The Company computes earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share , 
which requires that non-vested restricted stock containing non-forfeitable dividend rights should be treated as 
participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net income is reduced 
by the amount of dividends declared in the period for common stock and participating securities. The 
remaining undistributed earnings are then allocated to common stock and participating securities as if all of 
the net income for the period had been distributed. The amounts of distributed and undistributed earnings 
allocated to participating securities for the fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were insignificant and did not 
materially impact the calculation of basic or diluted EPS.

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average 
number of shares of common stock, shares in Redeemable common stock (including common stock issuances 
to key employees, vested restricted shares and vested restricted stock units) and non-vested restricted shares 
outstanding for the year.

Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, shares in 
Redeemable common stock and non-vested restricted shares outstanding for the period, plus the effect of 
potentially dilutive securities. Stock options, unvested restricted stock units and Stock Purchase Plan deferrals 
are considered potentially dilutive securities. For fiscal year 2014, which was a net loss fiscal year, Share-
based awards representing 8,905,333 underlying common shares were not included in the computation of 
diluted earnings (loss) per share because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share: 

2016

2015

2014

 $

209,794  $

167,518  $

(72,914)

   200,129,868    169,560,616    169,467,651 
— 

3,894,858   

1,500,104   

   204,024,726    171,060,720    169,467,651 
(0.43)
 $
(0.43)
 $

1.05  $
1.03  $

0.99  $
0.98  $

Numerator (in thousands):
Net income (loss)

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares
   outstanding
Dilutive effect of Share-based awards
Weighted-average dilutive shares
   outstanding

Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share

93

 
 
  
  
 
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
19. CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following table presents changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component for the last 
three fiscal years, (in thousands):

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
   Components

Defined benefit retirement plans:

Balance at beginning of period(1)

Other comprehensive loss before
   reclassifications
Current year prior service (cost) credit
Amortization of prior service cost
   (credit)(2)(3)
Amortization of net loss(2)(3)
Settlements(2)(3)
Curtailment(4)
Prior year correction(4)

Total before income tax
Income tax benefit(5)

Current period comprehensive (loss)
   income, net of tax

Balance at end of period(1)

2016

2015

2014

  $ (74,378)  $ (158,041)  $

(2,679)

(64,470)   

(2,136)    (161,331)
3,612 
(1,291)   

163     
8,184     
4,487     
—     
(21,917)   
(73,553)   
28,568     

133     
10,408     
3,358     
73,191     
—     

(136)
2,219 
2,370 
(2,096)
— 
83,663      (155,362)
— 

—     

(44,985)   

83,663      (155,362)
  $ (119,363)  $ (74,378)  $ (158,041)

(1) Amounts are presented net of tax.
(2)

(3)

(4)

Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note, 17 Retirement Plans for additional 
information.
Included in Distribution, selling and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).
The fiscal year 2015 curtailment is due to freeze of non-union participants’ benefits of a USF sponsored 
defined benefit pension plan. In fiscal year 2016, the curtailment was corrected for a computational 
error. See Note, 17, Retirement Plans.

(5) No impact in fiscal years 2015 and 2014 due to the Company’s full valuation allowance on its net 

deferred income tax assets. See Note 20, Income Taxes.

20.

INCOME TAXES

The Income tax (benefit) provision for the last three fiscal years consisted of the following (in thousands):

Current:

Federal
State

Current Income tax provision

Deferred:

Federal
State

Deferred Income tax (benefit) provision

Total Income tax (benefit) provision

2016

2015

2014

  $

1,110    $
639     
1,749     

5,307   $
1,722    
7,029    

(146)
311 
165 

(15,095)   
(65,339)   
(80,434)   
  $ (78,685)  $

15,117    
2,489    
17,606    
24,635   $

34,168 
1,635 
35,803 
35,968  

94

 
 
   
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
      
     
  
   
   
   
      
     
  
   
   
   
The Company’s effective income tax rates for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, January 2, 2016 and 
December 27, 2014 were (60)%, 13% and 97%, respectively. The determination of the Company’s overall 
effective tax rate requires the use of estimates. The effective tax rate reflects the income earned and taxed in 
U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions based on enacted tax law, permanent differences between book and 
tax items, tax credits and the Company’s change in relative contribution to income for each jurisdiction.

The reconciliation of the provisions for income taxes from continuing operations at the U.S. federal statutory 
income tax rate of 35% to the Company’s income taxes for the last three fiscal is shown below (in thousands). 

Federal income taxes computed at statutory rate
State income taxes—net of federal income
   tax benefit
Stock-based compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Change in the valuation allowance for deferred
   tax assets
Net operating loss expirations
Tax credits
Change in unrecognized tax benefits
Other

Total Income tax (benefit) provision

2016
45,888    $

2015
67,254    $ (12,931)

2014

  $

1,886     
(2,873)   
4,700     

2,776     
438     
2,911     

    (127,518)   
1,563     
(3,217)   
647     
239     
  $ (78,685)  $

(47,531)   
1,860     
—     
(1,946)   
(1,127)   
24,635    $

(1,532)
131 
2,592 

54,571 
2,019 
(8,179)
(1,003)
300 
35,968  

Temporary differences and carryforwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as 
follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accrued employee benefits
Restructuring reserves
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet
   liabilities
Deferred income
Deferred financing costs
Pension liability
Net operating loss carryforwards
Other accrued expenses

Total gross deferred tax assets

Less valuation allowance

Total net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment
Inventories
Intangibles

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

  December 31,     January 2,

2016

2016

 $

10,552   $
35,020    
14,885    

9,368 
33,232 
52,548 

61,118    
470    
5,379    
51,618    
162,511    
30,429    
371,982    
(24,274)  
347,708    

64,936 
211 
7,751 
33,576 
129,973 
25,941 
357,536 
(151,792)
205,744 

(216,556)  
(41,765)  
(435,817)  
(694,138)  

(152,181)
(22,057)
(487,300)
(661,538)
 $ (346,430) $ (455,794)

95

 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
The net deferred tax liability presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was as follows (in thousands).  

December 31,
2016

January 2,
2016

Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Noncurrent deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability

 $

34,405   $
(380,835)  

— 
(455,794)
 $ (346,430) $ (455,794)

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had tax affected U.S. federal and state net operating loss 
carryforwards of $80 million and $82 million, respectively, which will expire at various dates from 2017 to 
2036.  The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows (in millions):

2017-2021
2022-2026
2027-2031
2032-2036

Federal

State

Total

  $

  $

—   $
—    
33    
47    
80   $

22   $
42    
11    
7    
82   $

22 
42 
44 
54 
162  

The Company also has U.S. federal minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $9 million, research 
and development credit carryforwards of $4 million and other state credit carryforwards of $8 million.

The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included 
unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years. The net operating losses for which a deferred tax asset is 
recognized for financial statement purposes in accordance with ASC 740 are presented net of these 
unrecognized tax benefits.

Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a portion of the 
Company’s domestic net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited in future periods. 
Further, a portion of the carryforwards may expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.

We released the valuation allowance against our U.S. federal net deferred tax assets and certain of our state 
net deferred tax assets in fiscal year 2016 as we determined it was more likely than not that the deferred tax 
assets would be realized. We maintained a valuation allowance on certain state net operating loss and tax 
credit carryforwards expected to expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the 
carryforward period or the utilization of which is subject to limitation. The decision to release the valuation 
allowance was made after management considered all available evidence, both positive and negative, 
including but not limited to, historical operating results, cumulative income in recent years, forecasted 
earnings, and a reduction of uncertainty regarding forecasted earnings as a result of developments in certain 
customer and strategic initiatives during 2016.

A summary of the activity in the valuation allowance for the last three fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of period

(Benefit) expense recognized
Other comprehensive (income) loss
Other

Balance at end of period

2016

2014

2015
  $ 151,792    $ 232,163    $ 117,227 
54,571 
    (127,518)   
60,340 
—     
25 
—     
24,274    $ 151,792    $ 232,163  

(47,531)   
(32,484)   
(356)   

  $

Changes in tax laws and rates may affect recorded deferred tax assets and liabilities and the Company’s 
effective tax rate in the future.

96

 
 
   
 
  
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws 
and regulations in U.S. federal and state jurisdictions. The Company 1) records unrecognized tax benefits as 
liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, and 2) adjusts these liabilities when the Company’s judgment changes 
because of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Because of the complexity of some of 
these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the current 
estimate of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. These differences will be reflected as increases or 
decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. The Company 
recognizes an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon 
examination—including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes—based on the technical 
merits.

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of fiscal years 2016, 2015, 
and 2014 was as follows (in thousands):

Balance at December 28, 2013

Gross decreases due to positions taken in
   prior years
Gross increases due to positions taken in
   current year
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Decreases due to changes in tax rates

Balance at December 27, 2014

Gross decreases due to positions taken in
   prior years
Gross increases due to positions taken in
   current year
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Increases due to changes in tax rates
Positions assumed in business acquisition

Balance at January 2, 2016

Gross increases due to positions taken in
   prior years
Gross increases due to positions taken in
   current year
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Increases due to changes in tax rates

  $

59,291 

(11,392)

63 
(362)
(1,016)
46,584 

(4,856)

— 
(15)
92 
3,279 
45,084 

4,743 

— 
(767)
180 
49,240  

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $

The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the liability for unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by 
approximately $3 million in the next 12 months as a result of the completion of tax audits or as a result of the 
expiration of the statute of limitations.

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at the end of fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $43 
million, $40 million and $41 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the 
effective tax rate. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of those periods was $37 
million, $36 million, and $39 million, respectively, of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in 
adjustments to other tax accounts—primarily deferred taxes.

The Company recognizes interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and 
penalties in operating expenses. As of December 31, 2016, January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014, the 
Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $4 million, $4 million and $2 million, 
respectively. The increase in accrued interest and penalties in the period ending January 2, 2016 was primarily 
related to unrecognized tax benefits assumed in a business acquisition.

97

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
The Company files U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of 
limitations. Our 2007 through 2015 U.S. federal tax years, and various state tax years from 2000 through 
2015, remain subject to income tax examinations by the relevant taxing authorities. Prior to 2007, the 
Company was owned by Royal Ahold N.V. (“Ahold”).  Ahold has indemnified the Company for 2007 pre-
closing consolidated U.S. federal and certain combined state income taxes, and the Company is responsible 
for all other taxes, and interest and penalties.

21. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments—The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the 
ordinary course of business, and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require 
it to buy a predetermined volume of products. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $801 million of 
purchase orders and purchase contract commitments, of which $725 million and $76 million pertain to 
products to be purchased in fiscal years 2017 and 2018, respectively, and are not recorded in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.

To minimize fuel cost risk, the Company enters into forward purchase commitments for a portion of its 
projected diesel fuel requirements. At December 31, 2016, the Company had diesel fuel forward purchase 
commitments totaling $97 million through April 2018 ($75 million in 2017 and $22 million in 2018). The 
Company also enters into forward purchase agreements for electricity. As of December 31, 2016 the Company 
had electricity forward purchase commitments totaling $5 million through December 2018. The Company 
does not measure its forward purchase commitments for fuel and electricity at fair value, as the amounts under 
contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception under GAAP guidance.

Legal Proceedings —The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to a number of legal proceedings arising 
from the normal course of business. These legal proceedings—whether pending, threatened or unasserted, if 
decided adversely to or settled by the Company—may result in liabilities material to its financial position, 
results of operations, or cash flows. The Company recognized provisions with respect to the proceedings 
where appropriate. These are reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that the Company 
could be required to make expenditures, in excess of the established provisions, in amounts that cannot be 
reasonably estimated. However, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will 
not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. It 
is the Company’s policy to expense attorney fees as incurred.

Insurance Recoveries—Tornado Loss —On April 28, 2014, a tornado damaged a distribution facility and its 
contents, including building improvements, equipment and inventory. Business from the damaged facility was 
temporarily transferred to other Company distribution facilities until July 2015, when a new state-of-the-art 
distribution facility became operational. The Company had insurance coverage on the distribution facility and 
its contents, as well as business interruption insurance. During fiscal year 2014, the Company received 
proceeds of $14 million for damaged inventory and property and equipment. In fiscal year 2015, the Company 
received proceeds of $26 million of which $6 million was recognized as a receivable in 2014. The remaining 
$20 million of proceeds received and recognized in fiscal 2015 represented the recovery of current and prior 
year operating costs, for a net $11 million recognized as a benefit in 2015. The Company received the final 
insurance settlement and recognized a net benefit of $10 million in 2016.

The Company classified $3 million and $4 million related to the damaged distribution facility as Cash flows 
provided by investing activities in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, in its Consolidated Statements of 
Cash Flows. Insurance proceeds of $10 million, $23 million and $10 million related to damaged inventory and 
business interruption costs are classified as Cash flows provided by operating activities in fiscal years 2016, 
2015 and 2014, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. 

22. US FOODS HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

These condensed parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated 
financial statements. Under terms of its debt agreements, the net assets of USF, our wholly owned subsidiary 
are restricted from being transferred to US Foods in the form of loans, advances or dividends—with the 
exception of income taxes payments, share-based compensation settlements and minor administrative costs. 
As of December 31, 2016, USF had $484 million of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and 

98

approximately $2,050 million of its net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred 
tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation. See Note 15, Share-Based 
Compensation, Common Stock Issuances, Redeemable Common Stock and Common Stock for a discussion 
of the Company’s equity related transactions. Until fiscal year 2015, when it received the $300 million fee in 
connection with the termination of the Acquisition Agreement, US Foods had no cash accounts, as all cash 
transactions were recorded at USF. Accordingly, the condensed statement of cash flows has been omitted for 
fiscal year 2014. In the condensed parent company financial statements below, the investment in subsidiary, 
USF, is accounted for using the equity method.

Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets
(In thousands)

  December 31,    
2016

January 2,
2016

  $

138    $
—     
837     

300,241 
5,400 
— 
    2,638,105      1,613,851 
  $ 2,639,080    $ 1,919,492 

  $

348    $
—     
101,082     
101,430     

7,193 
681 
— 
7,874 

—     

38,441 

2,209     

1,667 
    2,791,264      2,292,142 
(346,254)
(74,378)
    2,537,650      1,873,177 
  $ 2,639,080    $ 1,919,492  

(136,460)   
(119,363)   

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Deferred tax assets
Other assets
Investment in subsidiary

TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Intercompany payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total Liabilities

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 21)
REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK (Note 15)
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common stock, $.01 par value—600,000 shares
   authorized; 220,929 and 166,667 issued and outstanding
   as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total shareholders’ equity
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

99

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
Condensed Parent Company Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In thousands)

OPERATING EXPENSES
OPERATING LOSS
ACQUSITION TERMINATION FEE
INTEREST INCOME

(Loss) income before income taxes

INCOME TAX PROVISION

(Loss) income before equity in net earnings (loss)
   of subsidiary

EQUITY IN NET EARNINGS (LOSS) OF SUBSIDIARY
NET INCOME (LOSS)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME—Net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of
   income tax

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

  December 31,
2016

Fiscal Years Ended
January 2,
2016

  December 27,
2014

  $

4,746    $
(4,746)   
—     
103     
(4,643)   
104,565     

—    $
—     
300,000     
241     
300,241     
34,340     

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(109,208)   
319,002     
209,794     

265,901     
(98,383)   
167,518     

— 
(72,914)
(72,914)

(44,985)   
164,809    $

83,663     
251,181    $

(155,362)
(228,276)

  $

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
   provided by operating activities:

Equity in net (earnings) loss of subsidiary
Deferred income tax provision

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in other assets
(Decrease) increase in intercompany payable
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Investment in subsidiary
Cash distribution from subsidiary

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Net proceeds from initial public offering
Cash distribution to shareholders
Proceeds from common stock sales
Common stock and share-based awards settled
Net cash provided by financing activities

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND
   CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

100

Fiscal Year Ended
  December 31, 2016     January 2, 2016  

  $

209,794    $

167,518 

(319,002)   
106,482     

98,383 
27,084 

(837)   
(6,845)   
(63)   
(10,471)   

— 
7,193 
63 
300,241 

(1,113,919)   
374,332     
(739,587)   

1,113,799     
(666,332)   
2,850     
(362)   
449,955     

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(300,103)   
300,241     
138    $

300,241 
— 
300,241  

  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
      
  
   
  
 
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
23. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Unaudited)

Financial information for each quarter in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016, is set 
forth below (in thousands, except per share data):

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Interest expense—net
Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income (loss) before income taxes

Income tax provision (benefit)
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:

First

  Quarter

Second
    Quarter

Third
    Quarter

Fourth
    Quarter

    Fiscal Year  

(In thousands)

 $5,593,149   $5,806,758   $5,840,963   $5,677,938   $22,918,808 
   4,633,381     4,772,721     4,808,426     4,651,008     18,865,536 
959,768     1,034,037     1,032,537     1,026,930     4,053,272 
911,314     3,639,451 
917,446    
875,091    
935,600    
229,080 
39,320    
48,956    
70,559    
70,245    
53,632 
11,483    
—    
—    
42,149    
131,109 
76,296    
54,652    
14,118    
(13,957)  
(78,685)
(568)  
(78,359)  
807    
(565)  
209,794 
76,864   $
13,311   $ (13,392) $ 133,011   $

 $

Basic
Diluted

 $
 $

0.08   $
0.08   $

(0.07) $
(0.07) $

0.60   $
0.59   $

0.35   $
0.34   $

1.05 
1.03 

Fiscal year ended January 2, 2016

Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Acquisition termination fees—net
Interest expense—net

(Loss) income before income taxes

Income tax (benefit) provision
Net income (loss)
Net income (loss) per share:

 $5,553,638   $5,842,547   $5,796,066   $5,935,281   $23,127,532 
   4,624,574     4,849,862     4,782,971     4,856,886     19,114,293 
992,685     1,013,095     1,078,395     4,013,239 
939,844     1,026,112     3,823,411 
970,726    
287,500 
287,500    
285,175 
69,981    
192,153 
239,478    
24,635 
74,517    
167,518 
7,115   $ 164,961   $

929,064    
886,729    
—    
70,913    
(28,578)  
(35,693)  

—    
74,354    
(22,071)  
(12,126)  
(9,945) $

—    
69,927    
3,324    
(2,063)  
5,387   $

 $

Basic
Diluted

 $
 $

0.04   $
0.04   $

0.97   $
0.97   $

0.03   $
0.03   $

(0.06) $
(0.06) $

0.99 
0.98  

24. BUSINESS INFORMATION 

The Company’s consolidated results represents its one business segment based on how the Company’s chief 
operating decision maker—the Chief Executive Officer—views the business for purposes of evaluating 
performance and making operating decisions.

The Company markets and primarily distributes fresh, frozen and dry food and non-food products to 
foodservice customers throughout the United States. The Company uses a centralized management structure, 
and its strategies and initiatives are implemented and executed consistently across the organization to 
maximize value to the organization as a whole. The Company uses shared resources for sales, procurement, 
and general and administrative activities across each of its distribution centers and operations. The Company’s 
distribution centers form a single network to reach its customers; it is common for a single customer to make 
purchases from several different distribution centers. Capital projects—whether for cost savings or generating 
incremental revenue—are evaluated based on estimated economic returns to the organization as a whole—e.g. 
net present value, return on investment.

101

 
 
   
   
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
 
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
The following table presents the sales mix for the Company’s principal product categories for the last three 
fiscal years:

Meats and seafood
Dry grocery products
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products
Dairy
Equipment, disposables and supplies
Beverage products
Produce

2014

2016

2015
 $ 8,120,738  $ 8,391,997  $ 8,326,191 
   4,127,013    4,123,584    4,152,682 
   3,653,037    3,582,517    3,463,411 
   2,380,112    2,457,516    2,555,362 
   2,165,744    2,171,006    2,132,044 
   1,267,723    1,279,201    1,263,965 
   1,204,441    1,121,711    1,126,146 
 $22,918,808  $23,127,532  $23,019,801  

No single customer accounted for more than 4% of the Company’s consolidated Net sales for fiscal years 
2016, 2015 and 2014. However, customers purchasing through one group purchasing organization accounted 
for approximately 12%, of consolidated Net sales in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

25.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 24, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets of All American Foods (“All American”), a 
broadline distributor with annual sales of approximately $60 million. The All American acquisition furthers 
our strategy to expand our market share with independent restaurants. The acquisition was funded with cash 
flows from operations.

On February 17, 2017 the Amended and Restated 2016 Term Loan was further amended, whereby the interest 
rate spread on outstanding borrowings was reduced 25 basis points, and fixed at ABR plus 1.75% or LIBOR 
plus 2.75%, with a LIBOR floor of 0.75%. There were no other significant changes to the Amended and 
Restated 2016 Term Loan. Costs associated with the amendment are not considered material.

102

 
 
  
  
 
 
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) 

under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are designed to ensure that 
information required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is processed, recorded, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information 
is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and 
evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no 
matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control 
objectives.

As required by SEC Rule 13a-15(b), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with 

the participation of management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the 
period covered by this Annual Report. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 
31, 2016, the end of our fiscal year.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over 
financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition 
period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Changes In Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter 

that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

103

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters

Security Beneficial Ownership

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Director Independence

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. We will file such definitive proxy statement with 
the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

104

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) 1.    Financial Statements:

Part IV

The following financial statements of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and January 2, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016, 

January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016,

January 2, 2016 and December 27, 2014 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2016, January 2, 2016

and December 27, 2014 

2. Financial Statement Schedules

55
56

57

58

59

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included 
elsewhere in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are incorporated in this Annual Report by this 
reference and filed as part of this report.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

None.

105

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
(Registrant)

/s/ PIETRO SATRIANO 

By:
Name: Pietro Satriano
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: February 27, 2017

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ PIETRO SATRIANO
Pietro Satriano

/s/ DIRK J. LOCASCIO
Dirk J. Locascio

/s/ JOHN C. COMPTON
John C. Compton

/s/ COURT D. CARRUTHERS
Court D. Carruthers

/s/ ROBERT DUTKOWSKY
Robert Dutkowsky

/s/ KENNETH A. GIURICEO
Kenneth A. Giuriceo

/s/ JOHN A. LEDERER
John A. Lederer

/s/ VISHAL PATEL
Vishal Patel

/s/ CARL ANDREW 
PFORZHEIMER
Carl Andrew Pforzheimer

/s/ RICHARD J. SCHNALL
Richard J. Schnall

/s/ NATHANIEL H. TAYLOR
Nathaniel H. Taylor

/s/ DAVID M. TEHLE
David M. Tehle

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director  February 27, 2017
(Principal Executive Officer)

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

February 27, 2017

 February 27, 2017

Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal  
Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

106

 
 
Exhibit No.

EXHIBITS

Description

  3.1

  3.2

  4.1

  4.2

  4.3

10.1

10.2§

10.3§

10.4

10.5

10.6§

10.7§

10.8

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC 
on June 1, 2016.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2016, among US Foods, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to 
time parties thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on 
June 28, 2016.

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2016, among US Foods, Inc., the Subsidiary 
Guarantors under the Indenture and Wilmington Trust, National Association, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with 
the SEC on June 28, 2016.

Form of 5.875% Senior Note due 2024, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 28, 2016 
(included in Exhibit 4.1 thereto).

Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement between US Foods Holding Corp. and the 
management stockholders parties thereto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-209442) filed 
with the SEC on May 20, 2016.

Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2016, 
between US Foods Holding Corp. and the management stockholders parties thereto, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 
(File No. 333-209442) filed with the SEC on May 20, 2016.

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on 
June 1, 2016.

Letter Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, amending and restating Original Consulting 
Agreement among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. 
L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Letter Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, amending and restating Original Consulting 
Agreement among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.) and Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC 
(successor in interest to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed 
December 28, 2012.

Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, by and among 
USF Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), KKR 2006 Fund, L.P., KKR PEI 
Investments, L.P., KKR Partners III L.P., OPERF Co-Investment LLC, and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & 
Co. L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 
(File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12§

10.13§

10.14§

10.15§

10.16§

10.17§

10.18§

10.19§

10.20§

10.21§

10.22§

Description

Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2009, by and among 
USF Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII, 
L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VII (Co-Investment), L.P., CD&R Parallel Fund VII, L.P., CDR 
USF Co-Investor No. 2, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC and 
Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Holdings, L.P., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, among the 
funds managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, LLC, set forth on Annex 1, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice 
Holdings, L.P., Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. and US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Indemnification Priority and Information Sharing Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2010, among the 
funds managed by Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice 
Inc.), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Form of Sale Participation Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Form of Subscription Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Annual Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 15, 2013.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. Foodservice, Inc.), incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US 
Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Form of Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment 
No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed 
March 15, 2013.

Form of 2012 Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. 
filed March 15, 2013.

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. 
filed March 15, 2013.

2013 Annual Incentive Plan of US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to 
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. 
filed March 15, 2013.

Severance Agreement, dated September 21, 2010, by and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. 
Foodservice Inc.) and John A. Lederer, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Severance Agreement, dated August 10, 2009, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. 
Foodservice Inc.) and Stuart Schuette, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

108

Exhibit No.

10.23.1§

10.23.2§

10.24

10.25.1

10.25.2

10.25.3

10.25.4

10.26

10.27§

10.28§

10.29§

10.30§

10.31§

Description

Severance Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and between and between US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. 
Foodservice Inc.) and Pietro Satriano, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Second Amendment to Severance Agreement, effective July 13, 2015 by and between US Foods, Inc. 
and Pietro Satriano, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed August 11, 2015.

Amendment No. 5 to the ABL Credit Agreement (Amended and Restated Senior ABL Facility), dated 
as of October 20, 2015, among US Foods, Inc. as the Parent Borrower, the several Lenders from time 
to time party thereto, CitiBank, N.A. as successor Administrative Agent and an Issuing Lender, and 
Citicorp North America, Inc., as resigning Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US 
Foods, Inc. filed October 26, 2015.

ABL Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of July 3, 2007, made by US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a U.S. 
Foodservice, Inc.), as the Parent Borrower and the several Subsidiary Borrowers signatory thereto, in 
favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and as ABL Collateral Agent, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed December 28, 2012.

Credit Agreement (2011 Term Facility), dated May 11, 2011, among US Foods, Inc. (f/k/a/ U.S. 
Foodservice, Inc.), as the Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Citicorp 
North America, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.28 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed 
December 28, 2012.

First Amendment, dated as of June 7, 2013, to the 2011 Term Facility, among US Foods, Inc., as the 
Borrower, the other Loan Parties thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and 
collateral agent and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto, incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.28.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-
189142) of US Foods, Inc. filed July 12, 2013.

Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2016, among US Foods, Inc., as the 
Borrower, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto, 
incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed 
with the SEC on June 28, 2016.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2011, among U.S. Foods, Inc. (f/k/a/ U.S. 
Foodservice, Inc.), as Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries in favor of Citicorp North America, Inc., 
as Administrative Agent and as Term Collateral Agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.29 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed 
December 28, 2012.

2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holdings Corp. as amended, incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, 
Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

Form of Sale Participation Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

Form of Stock Option Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

109

Exhibit No.

10.32§

10.33§

10.34§

10.35§

10.36§

10.37§

10.38§

10.39§

10.40§

10.41§

10.42§

10.43§

10.44§

10.45§

10.46

Description

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 31, 2013.

Offer letter, dated August 15, 2013, by and between Fareed A. Khan and US Foods, Inc., incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-185732) of US 
Foods, Inc. filed November 7, 2013.

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2013, by and between John A. Lederer and 
US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K 
(File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 20, 2014.

Severance Agreement, dated September 26, 2013 by and between US Foods, Inc. and Fareed A. Khan, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-
185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 20, 2014.

Severance Agreement, dated April 5, 2013, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Mark Scharbo, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-
185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 20, 2014.

Form of Amendment to Severance Agreement, December 20, 2013 by and between US Foods, Inc. and 
each of Fareed A. Khan, Pietro Satriano, Keith D. Rohland, Stuart S. Schuette and Mark Scharbo, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 333-
185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed March 20, 2014.

Retention Award Agreement, dated February 24, 2014 by and between US Foods, Inc. and Fareed 
Khan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 12, 2014.

Retention Award Agreement, dated February 24, 2014 by and between US Foods, Inc. and Pietro 
Satriano, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 12, 2014.

Retention Award Agreement, dated February 24, 2014 by and between US Foods, Inc. and Mark W. 
Scharbo, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File 
No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed May 12, 2014.

Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2014, by and between John A. Lederer and 
US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K 
(File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed on March 20, 2015.

Form 2015 Retention Award Agreement, dated March 19, 2015 by and between US Foods, Inc. and 
each of Fareed Khan, Pietro Satriano, Stuart S. Schuette and Keith Rohland, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, 
Inc. filed May 11, 2015.

Offer Letter, dated July 13, 2015, by and between Pietro Satriano and US Foods, Inc., incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 333-185732) of 
US Foods, Inc. filed August 11, 2015.

Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated July 21, 2015, by and between US Foods, Inc. 
and Pietro Satriano, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed August 11, 2015.

2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, including forms of award agreements, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File 
No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

Termination Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2016, among US Foods Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. and 
the CD&R entities signatory thereto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

110

Exhibit No.

10.47

10.48§

10.49§

10.50§

10.51§

10.52§

Description

Termination Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2016, among US Foods Holding Corp., US Foods, Inc. and 
the KKR entities signatory thereto, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016.

US Foods Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37786) 
filed with the SEC on November 8, 2016.

Letter agreement, executed August 1, 2016, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Stuart Schuette, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
(File No. 001-37786) filed with the SEC on August 9, 2016.

Omnibus Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option Agreements, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.55 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37786) filed with the 
SEC on November 8, 2016.

Severance Agreement, dated May 26, 2011, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Keith D. Rohland, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-
1 (File No. 333-215534) filed with the SEC on January 13, 2017.

Second Amendment to Severance Agreement, dated July 13, 2015, by and between Pietro Satriano and 
US Foods, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q (File No. 333-185732) of US Foods, Inc. filed August 11, 2015.

10.53§*

Offer Letter, dated January 26, 2017, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk J. Locascio.

10.54§*

Severance Agreement, dated February 6, 2017, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk J. Locascio.

21.1*

23.1*

31.1*

31.2*

32.1†

32.2†

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

Section 302 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Section 302 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant 
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101*

Interactive Data file.

*
†
§

Filed herewith.
Furnished with this Report.
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed pursuant to 
Item 15(b) of Form 10-K.

111

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]